Administrator Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch S6100-ON

Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the

S6100–ON System

9.14.2.6

Summary of content (1667 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S6100–ON System 9.14.2.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2020 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide......................................................................................................................... 40 Objectives.............................................................................................................................................................................40 Audience......................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
banner login.......................................................................................................................................................................... 83 banner motd.........................................................................................................................................................................85 boot-type......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
show processes memory.................................................................................................................................................. 135 show reload-type................................................................................................................................................................137 show reset-reason...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
access-class..................................................................................................................................................................180 clear counters ip access-group................................................................................................................................... 181 feature acloptimized....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 7
permit............................................................................................................................................................................ 242 IP Prefix List Commands.................................................................................................................................................. 244 clear ip prefix-list.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
permit (for Standard MAC ACLs)...................................................................................................................................292 seq (for Standard MAC ACLs)........................................................................................................................................ 293 permit tcp (for Extended IP ACLs).................................................................................................................................
PAGE 9
bgp dampening............................................................................................................................................................ 344 bgp default local-preference......................................................................................................................................346 bgp dmzlink-bw...........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
neighbor timers............................................................................................................................................................389 neighbor timers extended.......................................................................................................................................... 390 neighbor update-source..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 11
show cam-acl.....................................................................................................................................................................444 show cam-sharing.............................................................................................................................................................445 show cam-usage............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 12
iscsi priority-bits...........................................................................................................................................................478 show interface dcbx detail......................................................................................................................................... 478 dcb-map...............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
dns-server.................................................................................................................................................................... 524 domain-name............................................................................................................................................................... 525 excluded-address..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 14
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP)................................................................................................ 559 ecmp-group....................................................................................................................................................................... 559 hash-algorithm...................................................................................................................................................................560 ip ecmp-group....
PAGE 15
18 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP).............................................................................................595 clear gvrp statistics...........................................................................................................................................................596 debug gvrp......................................................................................................................................................................... 597 disable............
PAGE 16
errdisable recovery cause...........................................................................................................................................639 errdisable recovery interval........................................................................................................................................ 639 fec default....................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 17
show interfaces port-channel.....................................................................................................................................701 show port-channel-flow............................................................................................................................................. 704 Enhanced Validation of Interface Ranges......................................................................................................................
PAGE 18
show ip flow....................................................................................................................................................................... 753 show ip interface............................................................................................................................................................... 755 show ip management-route...........................................................................................................................
PAGE 19
distance.............................................................................................................................................................................. 803 distribute-list in.................................................................................................................................................................. 804 distribute-list out.........................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
show isis traffic..................................................................................................................................................................848 spf-interval.........................................................................................................................................................................850 26 iSCSI Optimization.................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
untagged.......................................................................................................................................................................889 Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD).................................................................................................................................. 890 debug fefd............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
clear ip msdp statistic....................................................................................................................................................... 928 ip msdp cache-rejected-sa.............................................................................................................................................. 928 ip msdp default-peer.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 23
show spanning-tree mst configuration.......................................................................................................................... 960 show spanning-tree msti...................................................................................................................................................961 spanning-tree..................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 24
debug track.................................................................................................................................................................. 997 delay.............................................................................................................................................................................. 998 description...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 25
ip ospf priority............................................................................................................................................................. 1041 ip ospf retransmit-interval........................................................................................................................................ 1042 ip ospf transmit-delay..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
ipv6 ospf authentication............................................................................................................................................ 1100 ipv6 ospf cost.............................................................................................................................................................. 1101 ipv6 ospf dead-interval.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 27
show ip pim bsr-router...............................................................................................................................................1146 show ip pim interface................................................................................................................................................. 1147 show ip pim neighbor.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
protocol spanning-tree pvst............................................................................................................................................1186 show spanning-tree pvst................................................................................................................................................. 1187 spanning-tree pvst....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
show qos qos-policy-input........................................................................................................................................1230 show qos qos-policy-output......................................................................................................................................1231 show qos statistics....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
timers basic.......................................................................................................................................................................1274 version............................................................................................................................................................................... 1275 45 Remote Monitoring (RMON)...................................................................................................
PAGE 31
aaa authentication login............................................................................................................................................. 1317 aaa reauthenticate enable......................................................................................................................................... 1318 access-class................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 32
dot1x auth-server.......................................................................................................................................................1356 dot1x guest-vlan.........................................................................................................................................................1356 dot1x mac-auth-bypass.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
role............................................................................................................................................................................... 1395 show role.....................................................................................................................................................................1396 show userroles......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
snmp-server host.......................................................................................................................................................1434 snmp-server location................................................................................................................................................. 1437 snmp-server packetsize............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
show storm-control multicast.........................................................................................................................................1491 show storm-control unknown-unicast.......................................................................................................................... 1493 storm-control broadcast (Configuration).....................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
SupportAssist Server Commands................................................................................................................................. 1525 proxy-ip-address........................................................................................................................................................ 1525 enable........................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
tunnel hop-limit................................................................................................................................................................ 1562 tunnel keepalive............................................................................................................................................................... 1563 tunnel-mode..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
multicast peer-routing timeout...................................................................................................................................... 1600 peer-link port-channel......................................................................................................................................................1601 peer-routing.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 39
IPv4 VRRP Commands................................................................................................................................................... 1635 advertise-interval....................................................................................................................................................... 1635 authentication-type...................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 40
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell EMC Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 41
CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
PAGE 42
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell EMC Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 43
User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) DellEMC#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell EMC Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a Command mode, there are several ways to access help: To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 44
• • • • • • Commands are not case-sensitive. Enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter int teng 1/1/11/1 for the interface tengigabitethernet 1/1/11/1 command. Use the TAB key to complete keywords in commands. Use the up Arrow key to display the last enabled command. Use either the Backspace key or Delete key to erase the previous character. Use the left and right Arrow keys to navigate left or right in the Dell EMC Networking OS command line.
PAGE 45
Filtering show Commands You can filter commands using the show command to find specific information, display certain information only, or begin the command output at the first instance of a regular expression or phrase. Execute a show command and a pipe ( | ), and one of the following parameters and a regular expression to show output that either excludes or includes the specified parameters.
PAGE 46
To enable the VRF feature and cause all VRF-related commands to be available or viewable in the CLI interface, use the following command. You must enable the VRF feature before you can configure its related attributes. DellEMC(conf)# feature vrf Based on if the VRF feature is identified as supported in the Feature Configuration file, configuration command feature vrf becomes available for usage. This command is stored in the running-configuration and precedes all other VRF-related configurations.
PAGE 47
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000. Usage Information You can activate VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. The no feature vrf command is not supported on any of the platforms.
PAGE 48
From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command. CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, see Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command. The prompt changes to include conf-control-cpuqos. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 49
When you are in EXEC mode, the > prompt is displayed following the host name prompt, which is “DellEMC” by default. You can change the host name prompt using the hostname command. NOTE: Each mode prompt is preceded by the host name. EXEC Privilege Mode The enable command accesses EXEC Privilege mode. If an administrator has configured an “Enable” password, you are prompted to enter it.
PAGE 50
Prompt Interface Type DellEMC(confiffo-1/1/1/1)# Forty-Gigabit Ethernet interface then stack/slot/port/subport information or stack/slot/port information, depending on the module used DellEMC(confiffi-1/1/1/1)# Fifty-Gigabit Ethernet interface then stack/slot/port/subport information DellEMC(confif-hu-1/1/1)# Hundred-Gigabit Ethernet interface then stack/slot/port information DellEMC(confif-lo-0)# Loopback interface number DellEMC(confif-nu-0)# Null Interface then zero DellEMC(confif-po-1)# Por
PAGE 51
LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on management interfaces, use LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode. To enter LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to LLDP mode. 2. Enter the management-interface command. The prompt changes to include conf-lldp-mgmtIf. LINE Mode To configure the console or virtual terminal parameters, use LINE mode. To enter LINE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 52
You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command. Per-VLAN SPANNING TREE (PVST+) Plus Mode To enable and configure the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST+) protocol, use PVST+ mode. For more information, see Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+). NOTE: The protocol name is PVST+, but the plus sign is dropped at the CLI prompt. To enter PVST+ mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree pvst command. The prompt changes to include conf-pvst.
PAGE 53
To enter ROUTE-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the route-map map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number] command. The prompt changes to include config-route-map. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER BGP Mode To enable and configure Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use ROUTER BGP mode. For more information, see Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4) To enter ROUTER BGP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 54
SPANNING TREE Mode To enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, use SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). To enter SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. The prompt changes to include conf-stp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. SupportAssist Mode To enable and configure the SupportAssist, use SupportAssist mode.
PAGE 55
3 File Management This section contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files, as well as other file management commands.
PAGE 56
nfsmount Enter the keyword nfsmount: to retrieve the image from a mounted NFS file system. nfsmount://filepath system: Enter the keyword system: to retrieve the image from the system. usbflash Enter the keyword usbflash: to retrieve the image from the USB flash memory. usbflash://filename. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server. tftp://hostip/ filepath. A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the system partitions.
PAGE 57
NOTE: The cd command without any arguments will change the current directory to flash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 58
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 59
You can compress the running configuration by grouping all the VLANs and the physical interfaces with the same property. You can store the operating configuration to the startup config in Compressed mode and perform an image downgrade without any configuration loss. Example DellEMC#copy running-config scp: Address or name of remote host []: 192.168.1.
PAGE 60
Parameters flash: To delete a file or directory on the internal flash, enter flash:// then the filename or directory name ([flash://]filepath). nfsmount: To delete a file or directory on the NFS-mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// then the mount point and the file path (nfsmount://filepath). NOTE: While deleting a file directory on a remote NFS file system, you must specify the mount-point that indicates the working directory on the NFS file system.
PAGE 61
usbflash: For a directory on the external USB flash, enter usbflash:// directory name. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 62
format Erase all existing files and reformat the file system. After the file system is formatted, files cannot be restored. Syntax format {flash: | usbflash:} Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 63
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on S4820T.
PAGE 64
mount nfs Mounts an NFS file system to a device. Syntax mount nfs rhost:path mount-point [username password] Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: rhost:path Enter the remote hosts’s path directory. mount-point Enter the folder name in the local file system. username (OPTIONAL) Enter the user name to access the device. password (OPTIONAL) Enter the password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 65
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Example Related Commands DellEMC# rmdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest Proceed to remove the directory [confirm yes/no]: yes • mkdir – create a directory. upgrade system Upgrade the Dell EMC Networking OS image. To upgrade the boot flash or boot selector image, use the upgrade boot command.
PAGE 66
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for NFS mount. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 67
Example • feature ipv6acloptimized • feature acloptimized DellEMC# upgrade system tftp://10.11.8.12/dv-rainier-13 a: 00:39:32 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 51. Received block num: 50 !00:39:36 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 65. Received block num: 64 !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!....... ...........!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 93924044 bytes successfully copied System image upgrade completed successfully.
PAGE 68
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series Original command show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. Syntax show boot system stack-unit{stack-unit—id | all} Parameters all Enter the keyword all to display the boot image information for all stack units. stack-unit-id Enter the stack-unit-id to display boot image information for a stack-unit. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 69
show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 70
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.
PAGE 71
• • • • For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/filepath. For a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/filepath. For a file on the USB port, enter usbflash://filepath. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 72
stack-unit stack-unit stack-unit stack-unit stack-unit stack-unit stack-unit DellEMC# Usage Information 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 S6100-ON IOM CPLD1 S6100-ON IOM CPLD2 S6100-ON IOM CPLD3 S6100-ON IOM CPLD4 S6100-ON MSS FPGA S6100-ON MSS IAP S6100-ON OOB-FPGA 18 18 18 18 0.8 1.22 0.7 NOTE: A filepath that contains a dot ( . ) is not supported. show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values.
PAGE 73
interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 74
static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information support-assist for the current SupportAssist configuration tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-group for the current trace-group configuration trace-list for the current trace-list configuration uplink-stategroup for the uplink state group configuration users for the current users configuration vlt for the current VLT configuration wred-profile
PAGE 75
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. 6.5.4.0 Added the status option. Example DellEMC# show running-config Current Configuration ... ! Version 9-8(1-53) ! boot system stack-unit 1 primary system: A: boot system stack-unit 1 default system: A: boot system gateway 10.16.133.
PAGE 76
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 77
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Command Fields Example (S6100– ON) Version Description 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 78
Dell EMC Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell EMC Application Software Version: 9-13(0-0) Copyright (c) 1999-2017 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Wed Dec 13 10:10:40 2017 Build Path: /build/build06/SW/SRC Dell EMC Networking OS uptime is 23 hour(s), 26 minute(s) System image file is "users/smahadevan/6100" System Type: S6100-ON Control Processor: Intel Rangeley with 3 Gbytes (3203289088 bytes) of memory, core(s) 4. 8G bytes of boot flash memory.
PAGE 79
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information You must reload Dell EMC Networking OS after executing this command.
PAGE 80
Example Without Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 DellEMC# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin SHA256 hash for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin: e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e933 Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 DellEMC# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e933 SHA256 hash VERIFIED for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 81
4 Control and Monitoring alias Configure shorter alias names for single-line command input. Syntax alias alias-name command To undo the configuration, use the no alias alias-name command command. Parameters alias alias-name Enter the keyword alias then the alias-name. NOTE: The alias-name length is limited to 32 characters starting with alphanumeric and are not case-sensitive. Special characters are not allowed except hyphen— -.
PAGE 82
The following example shows how to configure aliases without arguments in EXEC mode: DellEMC#configure terminal DellEMC(conf)# alias-definition DellEMC(conf-alias-definition)# alias ver show version DellEMC(conf-alias-definition)# alias intst show interface status DellEMC(conf)# end DellEMC# The following example shows how to configure aliases with arguments in CONFIGURATION mode: DellEMC#configure terminal DellEMC(conf)# alias-definition DellEMC(conf-alias-definition)# alias ifvl interface vlan $1 DellEMC(
PAGE 83
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original Command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character.
PAGE 84
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced the acknowledgement keyword. Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 85
banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Syntax banner motd c line c To delete a Message of the Day banner, enter no banner motd. Parameters c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). Defaults No banner is configured.
PAGE 86
Parameters bmp-reload Reloads using the bare metal provisioning mode fastboot Reloads using the fastboot mode normal-reload Reloads using the standard, manual interactive mode warmboot Reloads using the warmboot mode Defaults normal-reload Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.
PAGE 87
r ipmacacl number • ecfmacl number [vman-qos | • vman-dual-qos number} 4: Creates 242 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (256 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) 8: Creates 498 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (512 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 88
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced on all Dell EMC Networking OS platforms Usage Information This command resets the average power and average power start time to the current time. Average power and average power start time will be calculated from the reset time (i.e current time).
PAGE 89
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. Syntax configure [terminal] Parameters terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 90
disable Return to EXEC mode. Syntax disable [level] Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell EMC Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 91
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 92
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 93
enable optic-info-update interval Enable polling intervals of optical information updates for simple network management protocol (SNMP). Syntax enable optic-info-update [interval seconds] To disable optical power information updates, use the no enable optic-info-update interval command. Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
PAGE 94
• • • • Command History Related Commands ROUTER OSPF ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 95
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 96
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 97
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.
PAGE 98
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 99
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 100
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information The hostname is used in the prompt. ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command.
PAGE 101
Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command. Related Commands ip ftp source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command.
PAGE 102
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. ip tftp vrf Configures an TFTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the TFTP server. Syntax ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] To undo the TFTP client configuration, use the no ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] command.
PAGE 103
Defaults No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 104
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to make the FTP clients VRF-aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the FTP client to reach the FTP server.
PAGE 105
ip telnet server vrf Configures the TELNET server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. Syntax ip telnet server vrf {vrf-name | any | management} To undo the TELNET server configuration, use the no ip telnet server [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf-name Enter the vrf-name to specify the VRF that is used by the TELNET server. any Enter the keyword any to enable server from any VRF. management Enter the keyword management to specify a management VRF that is used by the TELNET server.
PAGE 106
• • • • • • • • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information.
PAGE 107
ip tftp vrf Configures an TFTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the TFTP server. Syntax ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] To undo the TFTP client configuration, use the no ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TFTP client. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 108
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 109
login concurrent-session Configures the limit of concurrent sessions for each user on console and virtual terminal lines. Syntax login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} no login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} Parameters limit number-ofsessions Sets the number of concurrent sessions that any user can have on console and virtual terminal lines. The range is from 1 to 12 (10 VTY lines, one console, and one AUX line).
PAGE 110
Line Location 2 vty 0 10.14.1.97 3 vty 1 10.14.1.97 Clear existing session? [line number/Enter to cancel]: When you try to create more than the permitted number of sessions, the following message appears, prompting you to close one of your existing sessions. Close any of your existing sessions to log in to the system. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Maximum concurrent sessions for the user reached.
PAGE 111
If you enable user login statistics, the system displays the last successful login details of the current user, the details of any failed login attempts by others, and if the current user’s permissions have changed since the last login. If you use the login statistics time-period days command to set a custom time period, the system only reports the login statistics during that interval. NOTE: Login statistics are not applicable for login sessions that do not use authentication on user names.
PAGE 112
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 113
• • • • • • • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information.
PAGE 114
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0)P5 Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.8(0.0)P2 Introduced on the S3048–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 115
Example (IPv4) DellEMC# ping 172.31.1.255 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.216 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.205 16 ms :: Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms DellEMC# Example (IPv6) DellEMC# ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 116
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 9.1(0.0) Added ‘conditional’ parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 117
Parameters N/A Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON Usage Information Once you enter reload-type, you need to enter the boot-type or secure-erase sub-command required on the next reboot.
PAGE 118
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(2.6) Introduced on the S3048-ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON Usage Information Since secure-erase is enabled by default, once you enter reload-type, you need to enter the no secureerase command to disable it on the next reboot.
PAGE 119
Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Messages can contain an unlimited number of lines; however, each line is limited to 255 characters. To move to the next line, use . To send the message use CTR-Z; to abort a message, use CTR-C. service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date with local time zone time difference included or excluded.
PAGE 120
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug datetime in the running-configuration.
PAGE 121
show ip interface brief | grep tengig ignore-case ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Name: showipbr40 Definition: show ip interface brief | grep fortygig ignore-case -----------------------------------------------------------------DellEMC# The following example shows the details of a specific alias name configured on the system: DellEMC# show alias details showipbr10 -----------------------------------------------
PAGE 122
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. DellEMC#show alarms -- Minor Alarms -Alarm Type Duration ------------------------------------------------------------ Major Alarms -Alarm Type Duration ----------------------------------------------------------PEM 2 in unit 1 down 13 min, 36 sec Fan 1 in PSU 2 of Unit 1 is down or removed 13 min, 34 sec DellEMC# show cpu-traffic-stats View the CPU traffic statistics.
PAGE 123
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces.
PAGE 124
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command.
PAGE 125
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 The output of the show environment fan command for the S Series is changed to display fan speeds instead of showing the fan status as up or down.
PAGE 126
DellEMC#show environment pem -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) Power AvgPower AvgPowerStartTime -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up 6960 48 31 14/4/2017 17:24 1 2 up AC up 6656 40 26 14/4/2017 17:24 DellEMC#show environment thermal-sensor -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -Unit CpuOnBoard Bcm56960_F SysInt Bcm56960_R SwitchOn FP-GE FP-SFP+ Bcm_Int Cpu_Int -------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE 127
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for S-Series. S-Series output differs from ESeries. Usage Information If there are no fiber ports in the unit, just the header under show inventory media displays. If there are fiber ports but no optics inserted, the output displays Media not present or accessible.
PAGE 128
1 1 1 1 4/15 4/16 5/1 5/2 Media Media Media Media not not not not present present present present or or or or accessible accessible accessible accessible DellEMC#show inventory optional-module Unit Slot CurrentConf Inserted BootTimeConf --------------------------------------------------1 1 QSFP28_4CXP QSFP28_4CXP QSFP28_4CXP 1 2 QSFP+ QSFP+ QSFP+ 1 3 QSFP+ QSFP+ QSFP+ 1 4 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 * - Mismatch Related Commands • show interfaces — displays the interface configuration.
PAGE 129
To view the successful and failed login details of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined period, use the show login statistics all command. You can use this command only if you have system or security administrator rights. To view the successful and failed login details of a specific user in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period, use the show login statistics user user-id command.
PAGE 130
-----------------------------------------------------------------User: admin Last login time: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.143 ) Unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login: 0 Unsuccessful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 0 Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts command.
PAGE 131
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for the S-Series. Usage Information The output for show memory displays the memory usage of LP part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the S-Series’ CPU.
PAGE 132
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keywords management-unit [details]. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 133
cfgDataSync sysCompMgr statMgr sflCp snmp dpi_cmow dpi_taskcmo 51 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 50 50 5 10000 0.00% 0.01% 0.00% 0 49 1010 101 10000 0.05% 0.07% 0.08% 0 48 30 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 47 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 46 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 134
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 135
• Example In the S-Series example, a retry (Retries) value of zero indicates that the SWP mechanism reached the maximum number of retransmissions without an acknowledgement.
PAGE 136
Usage Information show processes memory output Field Description Total: Total system memory available MaxUsed: Total maximum memory used ever (history indicated with time stamp) CurrentUsed: Total memory currently in use CurrentFree: Total system memory available SharedUsed: Total used shared memory SharedFree: Total free shared memory PID Process ID Process Process Name ResSize Actual resident size of the process in memory Size Process test, stack, and data size Allocs Total dynamic
PAGE 137
313 mrtm 6742016 1130496 72758 0 308 l2mgr 5607424 552960 735214 380972 301 l2pm 5001216 167936 1429522 1176044 298 arpm 4628480 217088 71092 33128 294 ospf 5468160 503808 724204 662560 288 dsm 6778880 1159168 39490 16564 287 rtm 5713920 602112 442280 198768 284 rip 4562944 258048 528 0 281 lacp 4673536 266240 221060 0 277 ipm1 4837376 380928 83788 0 273 acl 5005312 512000 239564 149076 272 topoDPC 117927936 0 0 0 271 bcmNHOP 117927936 0 0 0 270 bcmDISC 117927936 0 0 0 269 bcmATP-RX 117927936 0 0 0 268 bcmA
PAGE 138
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S5048F-ON. 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, C9010, MXL, M-IOA, and FN-IOM.
PAGE 139
Example — Reset reason of all stack units DellEMC#show reset-reason stack-unit all Last Reset Reason: --------------------Type Cause Time ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------stack-unit 1 Reboot by Software 11/05/2017-09:04 stack-unit 2 Reboot by Software 11/05/2017-09:04 stack-unit 3 Cold Reset N/A stack-unit 4 N/A N/A stack-unit 5 N/A N/A stack-unit 6 N/A N/A show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data.
PAGE 140
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 141
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for the disabled-ports parameter . 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the s reload-type command.
PAGE 142
Reqd Mod Type : No Module -- Module 2 -Status Module Type Num Ports Num Ports Hot Pluggable : : : : : -- online S6100-MOD-8xETH100-4CXP-T - 8-port 100GE QSFP28_4CXP+ 8 8 yes Module 3 -- -- Module 3 -Reqd Mod Type : No Module -- - No Module - No Module Module 4 -- -- Module 4 -Reqd Mod Type : No Module - No Module -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed Power AvgPower AvgPowerStartTim -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 1 down
PAGE 143
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced save to the file options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 144
grep no-more save Show only text that matches a pattern Don't paginate output Save output to a file DellEMC# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | save ? flash: Save to local file system (flash://filename (max 20 chars) ) DellEMC# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | save flash://LauraSave Start saving show command report ....... DellEMC# DellEMC# dir Directory of flash: 1 drw- 16384 Jan 01 1980 00:00:00 +00:00 . 2 drwx 1536 Jul 13 1996 02:38:06 +00:00 ..
PAGE 145
ssh-peer-stack-unit Open an SSH connection to the peer stack-unit. Syntax Parameters ssh-peer-stack-unit [-l username] -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then your user name. The default is the user name associated with the terminal. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 146
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. Example DellEMC#stack-unit 1 location-led module 1 on telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in Dell EMC Networking support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. Syntax telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name} [/source-interface] Parameters host Enter the name of a server.
PAGE 147
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Added support for source-interface for link-local IPv6 addressing. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.
PAGE 148
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. Syntax terminal length screen-length Parameters screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512.
PAGE 149
traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 150
Usage Information When you enter the traceroute command without specifying an IP address (Extended Traceroute), you are prompted for a target and source IP address, timeout (in seconds) (default is 5), a probe count (default is 3), minimum TTL (default is 1), maximum TTL (default is 30), and port number (default is 33434). To keep the default setting for those parameters, press the ENTER key. For IPv6, you are prompted for a minimum hop count (default is 1) and a maximum hop count (default is 64).
PAGE 151
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 152
Parameters memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startupconfig command. compressed Enter the keyword compressed to write the operating configuration to the startupconfig file in the compressed mode. terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command.
PAGE 153
5 802.1X 802.1X is a port-based Network Access Control (PNAC) that provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell EMC Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.
PAGE 154
• • • show dot1x cos-mapping interface show dot1x interface show dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] Parameters all Enable all debugs in dot1x. auth-pae-fsm Enable Authentication PAE FSM debugs in dot1x. backend-fsm Enable Backend Auth FSM debugs in dot1x. eapol-pdu Enable EAPOL frame trace in dot1x. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 155
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. number Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 156
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 157
Version Description 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command). In MAB-only authentication mode, a port authenticates using the host MAC address even though 802.1xauthentication is enabled.
PAGE 158
dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 159
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9000 Series. Usage Information The dot1x critical-vlan command configures critical VLAN for the interface. If the authentication server is not reachable or not responding, the authenticator places the port or the supplicant in critical VLAN within the first attempt.
PAGE 160
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series.
PAGE 161
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 162
Usage Information The mac command configures a list of supplicant MAC addresses for a dot1x profile represented with a profilename. You can configure up to 6 MAC addresses in a single mac command. The maximum number of MAC addresses that you can configure in a single profile is limited to 100. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure a list of supplicant MAC addresses for dot1x profile in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 163
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 164
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 165
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The authenticator completes authentication only when you set port-control to auto. dot1x profile Configure a dot1x profile to define a list of trusted supplicant MAC addresses.
PAGE 166
Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 167
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
PAGE 168
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 169
dot1x static-mab Enable static MAC authorization bypass (MAB) and configure static MAB profile to an interface. Syntax Parameters [no] dot1x static-mab profile profile-name profile profilename Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Enter the keyword profile and the profile-name to configure the static MAB profile name. The profile name length is limited to 32 characters. INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 170
dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 171
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 172
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 173
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • mac-address For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 174
----------------------------Dot1x Status: Enable Port Control: AUTO Port Auth Status: AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) Re-Authentication: Disable Untagged VLAN id: 400 Guest VLAN: Enable Guest VLAN id: 100 Auth-Fail VLAN: Disable Auth-Fail VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: NONE Mac-Auth-Bypass: Enable Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Enable Tx Period: 3 seconds Quiet Period: 60 seconds ReAuth Max: 2 Supplicant Timeout: 30 seconds Server Timeout: 30 seconds Re-Auth Interval: 3600 seconds Max-EAP-Req: 2 Host Mode: SINGLE
PAGE 175
Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: DellEMC# AUTHORIZED(GUEST-VLAN) 100 Authenti
PAGE 176
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 177
• • • • • • • • • permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) seq (for IPv6 ACLs) permit (for IPv6 ACLs) deny arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) deny icmp (for Extended IPv6 ACLs) deny tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) deny udp (for Extended IP ACLs) deny (for IPv6 ACLs) Commands Common to all ACL Types The following commands are available within each ACL mode and do not have mode-specific options.
PAGE 178
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The remark command is available in each ACL mode. You can configure up to 4294967291 remarks for a given IP ACL and 65536 remarks for a given MAC ACL. You can include a remark with or without a remark number.
PAGE 179
show config Display the current ACL configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 180
aclrange profile-name Create ACL range profiles for L4 ports. Syntax aclrange profile-name After entering the configuration mode of the ACL range, enter the following: type [inverse value] lower threshold upper-threshold Parameters profile-name Enter a valid name for the range profile. type Specify the type of the L4 port as source or destination. inverse Enter the keyword inverse followed by a value. This is used as a negative (not equal to) match.
PAGE 181
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 182
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 183
feature aclrange Enable the ACL range option. Syntax feature aclrange Use the no feature aclrange command to disable the option. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 184
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 185
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 186
abc v4 V4 V6 V6 bgp abc zyx def ghi 5 10 8 8 show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. Syntax show ip accounting access-list [access-list-name [cam-count | interface interface [cam_count] | vrf {management | vrf-name}[cam_count] {in | out}] Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 187
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for the 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Usage Information NOTE: The vrf option is available only when VRF feature is enabled. show ip accounting accesslists Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter.
PAGE 188
ecn (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ecn to match the ECN bits. The range is from 0 to 3. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 189
The software cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes increment. Related Commands • • ip access-list standard — configure a standard ACL. permit — configure a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard access-list-name command.
PAGE 190
Example Related Commands DellEMC(conf)# ip access-list standard TestList DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# • • ip access-list extended — create an extended access list. show config — display the current configuration. permit To permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch, configure a filter.
PAGE 191
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 192
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 193
dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. ecn (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ecn to match to the ECN values. The range is from 0 to 3. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 194
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. The following applies: • • • • • Related Commands • • The seq sequence-number command is applicable only in an ACL group. The order option works across ACL groups that are applied on an interface via the QoS policy framework. The order option takes precedence over seq sequence-number. If you do not configure sequence-number, the rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order.
PAGE 195
• • • gt(greater than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is greater than the specified ttl value. lt (less than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is less than the specified ttl value. range(inclusive range of values) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that falls between the specified range of ttl values. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes.
PAGE 196
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the noncontiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the Quality of Service section in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 197
parameter-problem count port-unreachable count source-quench count time-exceeded count For IPv6: echo count echo-reply count nd-ns count nd-na count packet-too-big count parameter-problem count time-exceeded count port-unreachable count The ICMP packets cannot be filtered using mirroring ACL. ttl Enter the keyword ttl to deny a packet based on the time to live value. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 198
Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. Removed the session–ID option from the monitor parameter. 9.11(2.0P0) Added the type parameter to filter the ICMP packets based on the type and code on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 199
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. ttl Enter the keyword ttl to deny a packet based on the time to live value. The range is from 1 to 255. operator Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • eq(equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is equal to the specified ttl value.
PAGE 200
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lowerorder numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 201
Version Description 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the Quality of Service section of the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, see the Port Monitoring section.
PAGE 202
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. ttl Enter the keyword ttl to deny a packet based on the time to live value. The range is from 1 to 255. operator Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • eq(equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is equal to the specified ttl value.
PAGE 203
Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. Removed the session–ID option from the monitor parameter. 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 204
6 0001111000000000 1111111100000000 7680 7935 256 7 0001111100000000 1111111111000000 7936 7999 64 8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands • • deny — assign a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assign a filter to deny TCP traffic.
PAGE 205
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Related Commands DellEMC(conf)# ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND DellEMC(config-ext-nacl)# • • ip access-list standard — configure a standard IP access list. show config — display the current configuration. permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 206
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to describe the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 207
permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [type] [dscp] [message-type] [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 208
numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 209
• Parameters Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 210
• • 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
PAGE 211
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
PAGE 212
• Parameters Use the no permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 213
Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. Removed the session–ID option from the monitor parameter. 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 214
Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. DellEMC# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands • • • ip access-list extended — create an extended ACL. permit — assign a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp — assign a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list.
PAGE 215
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When all sequence numbers are exhausted, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 216
The following logical names are supported in TCP: bgp chargen cmd daytime discard domain drip echo exec finger ftp ftp-data gopher hostname ident irc klogin kshell login lpd nntp pim-rp-disc pop2 pop3 smtp sunrpc tacacs talk telnet time uucp whois www Border Gateway Protocol (179) Character generator (19) Remote commands (rcmd, 514) Daytime (13) Discard (9) Domain Name Service (53) Dynamic Routing Information Protocol (3949) Echo (7) Exec (512) Finger (79) File Transfer Protocol (21) FTP data connections (
PAGE 217
ttl Enter the keyword ttl to permit or deny a packet based on the time to live value. The range is from 1 to 255. operator Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • eq(equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is equal to the specified ttl value. neq(not equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is not equal to the specified ttl value. gt(greater than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is greater than the specified ttl value.
PAGE 218
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 219
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number Use the no deny {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command ip-protocolnumber Enter an IPv6 protocol number. The range is 0 to 255. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to deny Internet Control Message Protocol version 6. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to deny any Internet Protocol version 6.
PAGE 220
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.
PAGE 221
• • 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 222
Example An ACL rule with TCP port lt 1023 takes only one entry in the CAM: Rule# 1 Data Mask From 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 To 1023 #Covered 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny – assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp – assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 223
9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Added the monitor option. Usage Information The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
PAGE 224
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 225
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 226
• 169 = SNMP destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 227
Related Commands permit – assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp – assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 228
7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Added the monitor option. Usage Information Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (gt, lt, range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bitmask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range.
PAGE 229
9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information When all sequence numbers have been exhausted, this feature permits re-assigning new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list.
PAGE 230
• • • • 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type .
PAGE 231
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 232
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 233
• • • • in | out For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side.
PAGE 234
• • • in | out For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 235
NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter. Syntax deny {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 236
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
PAGE 237
The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications about entries allowed per ACL, see your line card documentation. NOTE: Ingress ACLs are supported on C-Series and S-Series platforms only.
PAGE 238
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 239
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 240
deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 241
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 242
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 243
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets. host Enter the keyword host then a MAC address to forward packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 244
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 245
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 246
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered.
PAGE 247
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Prefix lists redistribute OSPF and RIP routes meeting specific criteria. Related Commands • • show ip route list — display IP routes in an IP prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary — display a summary of the configured prefix lists. seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number.
PAGE 248
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. Usage Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 249
show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 250
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 251
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 252
description Add a description to this route map. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the route map (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 253
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 254
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set community — specify a COMMUNITY attribute.
PAGE 255
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 256
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • • • • match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 257
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • • • • match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address.
PAGE 258
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • • • • match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. match metric — redistribute routes that match a specific metric.
PAGE 259
• • • • match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match route-type — redistribute routes that match a route type. match tag — redistribute routes that match a specific tag. match origin To match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter.
PAGE 260
Parameters external [type-1| type-2] Enter the keyword external then either type-1 or type-2 to match only on OSPF Type 1 routes or OSPF Type 2 routes. internal Enter the keyword internal to match only on routes generated within OSPF areas. level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to match IS-IS Level 1 routes. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to match IS-IS Level 2 routes. local Enter the keyword local to match only on routes generated within the switch. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 261
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 262
If you do not define a keyword (permit or deny) for the route map, the permit action is the default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 263
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 264
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 265
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 266
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 267
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 268
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 269
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric-type — specify the route type assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 270
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 271
If you configure the set next-hop command with the interface’s IP address (either Loopback or physical), the software declares the route unreachable. Related Commands • match ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command.
PAGE 272
Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 273
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 274
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example DellEMC(conf-nprefixl)# show config ! ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 seq 10 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 DellEMC(conf-nprefixl)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations.
PAGE 275
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Related Commands DellEMC# show route-map route-map firpo, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: Set clauses: tag 34 DellEMC# • route-map — configure a route map. deny (for Standard IP ACLs) To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter.
PAGE 276
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 277
of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 278
seq (for Standard IPv4 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 279
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 280
Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 281
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 282
threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 283
deny (for Extended MAC ACLs) To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]][log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 284
can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
PAGE 285
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 286
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 287
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 288
• • log lt (less than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is less than the specified ttl value. range(inclusive range of values) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that falls between the specified range of ttl values. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 289
This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). permit udp (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 290
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 291
• • • log gt(greater than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is greater than the specified ttl value. lt (less than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is less than the specified ttl value. range(inclusive range of values) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that falls between the specified range of ttl values. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 292
instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 293
count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 294
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 295
threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 296
seq arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter with a sequence number that filters ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12port GE line cards with SFP optics. For specifications, refer to your line card documentation. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced in Release 9.3(0.0) and Release 9.4(0.0) are described here.
PAGE 297
2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). seq ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter with a specific sequence number that filters traffic with specified types of Ethernet packets.
PAGE 298
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 299
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 300
For IPv4: echo count echo-reply count host-unreachable count host-unknown count network-unknown count net-unreachable count packet-too-big count parameter-problem count port-unreachable count source-quench count time-exceeded count For IPv6: echo count echo-reply count nd-ns count nd-na count packet-too-big count parameter-problem count time-exceeded count port-unreachable count The ICMP packets cannot be filtered using mirroring ACL.
PAGE 301
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. 9.11(2.
PAGE 302
• Parameters Use the no permit tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. source address mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ipv6-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 303
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 304
instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 305
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3.0.
PAGE 306
udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a UDP access list filter. source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) . any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ipv6-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IPv6 address to specify a host IP address or hostname.
PAGE 307
The following logical names are supported in UDP: biff Biff (mail notification, comsat, 512) bootpc Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) client (68) bootps Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) server (67) discard Discard (9) dnsix DNSIX security protocol auditing (195) domain Domain Name Service (DNS, 53) echo Echo (7) isakmp Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol (500) mobile-ip Mobile IP registration (434) nameserver IEN116 name service (obsolete, 42) netbios-dgm NetBios datagram service (138) netbios-ns N
PAGE 308
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 309
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 310
Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 311
Syntax deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [type] [message-type] [ttl operator] [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number Use the no deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command source
PAGE 312
threshold-in msgs (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate count the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. You can enter an interval in the range of 1-10 minutes.
PAGE 313
deny tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that drops TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 314
• • • • • eq(equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is equal to the specified ttl value. neq(not equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is not equal to the specified ttl value. gt(greater than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is greater than the specified ttl value. lt (less than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is less than the specified ttl value.
PAGE 315
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 316
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 317
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
PAGE 318
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
PAGE 319
ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced support for enabling BFD on non-default VRFs for IPv4 BGP, default, and nondefault VRFs for IPv6 BGP on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, C9010, Z9500, and Z9100–ON. 9.11(2.
PAGE 320
You can enable BFD on both default and nondefault VRFs for OSPF and BGP protocols for both IPv4 and IPv6 neighbors. NOTE: The bfd all-neighbors command is applicable for both IPv4 and IPv6 BGP sessions. bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 321
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 322
multiplier value Enter the keywords multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • • Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system.
PAGE 323
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down.
PAGE 324
Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced the prefix-list keyword. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 325
Version Description 9.10(0.2) Introduced support for enabling BFD on non-default VRFs for OSPFv2. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810.
PAGE 326
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810. Usage Information This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command.
PAGE 327
Version Description 9.11(2.5) Introduced the ipv6 route bfd command on the Z9100–ON. Example DellEMC(conf)#ipv6 route bfd DellEMC(conf)#ipv6 route bfd vrf vrf1 prefix-list p6_le neighbor bfd Explicitly enable or disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Syntax Parameters neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name} bfd ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 328
Related Commands • neighbor bfd disable — disable a BFD session explicitly with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name} bfd disable Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 329
show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. Syntax Parameters show bfd [vrf vrf name] neighbors [interface] [detail] vrf vrf name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to display the BFD sessions with all neighbors within the VRF.
PAGE 330
Example The following example shows the show bfd neighbors command output for the default VRF. show bfd neighbors * Ad Dn B C I O O3 R M V VT - Active session role Admin Down BGP CLI ISIS OSPF OSPFv3 Static Route (RTM) MPLS VRRP Vxlan Tunnel LocalAddr * 5.1.1.1 * 6.1.1.1 * 7.1.1.1 RemoteAddr 5.1.1.2 6.1.1.2 7.1.1.
PAGE 331
Delete session on Down: True VRF: VRF_blue Client Registered: OSPF Uptime: 00:00:15 Statistics: Number of packets received from neighbor: 78 Number of packets sent to neighbor: 78 Number of state changes: 1 Number of messages from IFA about port state change: 0 Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 4 Session Discriminator: 7 Neighbor Discriminator: 2 Local Addr: 6.1.1.1 Local MAC Addr: 00:a0:c9:00:00:02 Remote Addr: 6.1.1.
PAGE 332
vrrp bfd Establish a VRRP BFD session. Syntax vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address} [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To undo your VRRP BFD configuration, use the no vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ipaddress } [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all BFD neighbors on an interface. neighbor ipaddress Enter the IP address of the BFD neighbor.
PAGE 333
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 334
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for IPv6 VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.
PAGE 335
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 336
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 337
Usage Information Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command.
PAGE 338
DellEMC(conf)#router bgp 1 DellEMC(conf-router_bgp)# bgp asnotation asplain DellEMC(conf-router_bgp)# ex DellEMC(conf)#do show run |grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support DellEMC(conf)# Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command.
PAGE 339
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.
PAGE 340
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over paths with an advertised MED attribute.
PAGE 341
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 342
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. Related Commands • • bgp cluster-id — assign an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. neighbor route-reflector-client — configure a route reflector and clients.
PAGE 343
Related Commands • • • bgp client-to-client reflection — enable route reflection between the route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client — configure a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp cluster-list — view paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command.
PAGE 344
Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...
PAGE 345
To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress maxsuppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the halflife period expires. The range is from 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes.
PAGE 346
bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.
PAGE 347
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 348
If you disable the enforce-first-as command, it can be viewed using the show ip protocols command. In the event of an enfore-first-as check failure, the existing BGP session is flapped. Related Commands • • show ip bgp neighbors — view the information the BGP neighbors exchange. show ip protocols — view information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails.
PAGE 349
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 350
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 351
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive.
PAGE 352
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 353
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information.
PAGE 354
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 355
after a local policy change, then these policy changes are not reflected in the responses to the peer’s route refresh messages. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information. flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peer-group.
PAGE 356
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 357
• • • • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 358
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to reset ipv6 unicast routes. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to reset soft configuration. in Enter the keyword in to re-configure soft inbound updates. out Enter the keyword out to re-configure soft outbound updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 359
A.B.C.D Enter the IP address of peer in the A.B.C.D format. X:X:X:X::X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X:X:X:X::X format. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening. events Enter the keyword events to view BGP protocol events. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 IP address to view the IPV4 route information. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 IP address to view the IPV6 route information. keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives.
PAGE 360
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 361
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. group-name in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages.
PAGE 362
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 363
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv6 support. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 364
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors.
PAGE 365
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command.
PAGE 366
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands • • bgp always-compare-med — enable comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute — redistribute routes from other routing protocols into BGP.
PAGE 367
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 368
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Support from 2 to 64 paths on the S4810. Command syntax changed to max-path (was maximum-paths). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 369
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, this enables IPv4/ Unicast AFI/SAFI. When you use activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group enables for AFI/SAFI. It is possible to activate or de-activate a peer from the IPv4/IPv6 unicast address family.
PAGE 370
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 371
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting.
PAGE 372
neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowasin command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group.
PAGE 373
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
PAGE 374
To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 375
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 376
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 377
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for example, no active route exists in the routing table for the peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer. Related Commands • show ip bgp neighbors — display information on the BGP neighbors.
PAGE 378
This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximumprefix maximum command.
PAGE 379
Usage Information If you configure the neighbor maximum-prefix command and the neighbor receives more prefixes than the neighbor maximum-prefix command configuration allows, the neighbor goes down and the show ip bgp summary command displays (prfxd) in the State/PfxRcd column for that neighbor. The neighbor remains down until you enter the clear ip bgp command for the neighbor or the peer group to which the neighbor belongs or you enter the neighbor shutdown and neighbor no shutdown commands.
PAGE 380
Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur. When you configure MD5 authentication between two BGP peers, each segment of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection. Configuring a password for a neighbor causes an existing session to be torn down and a new one established.
PAGE 381
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 382
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you create a peer group, it is disabled (Shut mode). Related Commands • • • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assign routers to a peer group.
PAGE 383
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information After you configure a peer group as passive, assign it a subnet using the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command. For passive eBGP limits, the Remote AS must be different from the AS for this neighbor. Related Commands • • neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound — assign a subnet to a dynamically configured BGP neighbor.
PAGE 384
This command creates a peer and the newly created peer is disabled (Shutdown). This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands • • router bgp — enter ROUTER BGP mode and configures routes in an AS. bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates.
PAGE 385
neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map.
PAGE 386
neighbor route-reflector-client Configure the router as a route reflector and the specified neighbors as members of the cluster. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client To remove one or more neighbors from a cluster, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} route-reflector-client command. If you delete all members of a cluster, you also delete the route-reflector configuration on the router.
PAGE 387
neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community [extended | standard] To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 388
To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name}no shutdown command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 389
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 390
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 391
Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048TON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, and S6000–ON. Usage Information The peer remains in idle state based on the configured idle holdtime. The less the idle holdtime, less the peer in idle state. For the new idle holdtime to take effect, you need to shutdown the respective peer manually using neighbor shutdown command and enable the peer again.
PAGE 392
Neighbors are sorted according to the source and destination ip addresses. If an update-source ip address exists, then the source ip address determines the order in which the neighbors are displayed. neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight command.
PAGE 393
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 394
As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route. When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in-active. It is possible to keep only one locally originated route in the BGP database.
PAGE 395
permit bandwidth Enables you to specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax permit bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no permit bandwidth command. Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400.
PAGE 396
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 397
Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external 2} routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. name Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 398
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 399
shutdown address-family-ipv4–multicast Disables all the BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Syntax shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast Use the no shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM.
PAGE 400
set extcommunity bandwidth Enables you to set extended community bandwidth. Syntax set extcommunity bandwidth To disable extended community bandwidth, enter the no set extcommunity bandwidth command. Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to enable extended community bandwidth. The range is from 0 to 102400. Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 401
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. DellEMC(conf-router_bgp)# show capture bgp-pdu neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 402
Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 403
community communitynumber community-list community-listname dampened-paths (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community then the community–number to display the routes matching the communities. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community-list then the community–list–name to display the routes matching the community–list. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dampened-paths to display the paths suppressed due to dampening.
PAGE 404
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 405
Following is the example for displaying all the received routes from all IPv4 neighbors: DellEMC# show ip bgp vrf test ipv4 unicast neighbors all received-routes BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 1.1.1.
PAGE 406
• • • • • • show ip bgp neighbors — allow you to view the information BGP neighbors exchange. show ip bgp next-hop — view all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. show ip bgp paths — view all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. show ip bgp peer-group — allow you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
PAGE 407
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned.
PAGE 408
You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE.
PAGE 409
Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 410
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 411
Origin IGP, Metric 4294967295 (Default), LocalPref Communities : 200:1 1000:1 DellEMC# 100, Weight 0, external 3000:1 show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 412
The history paths that the show ip bgp command displays contain only the prefix and the next-hop information. The next-hop information shows the ip address of the neighbor. It does not show the actual next-hop details. The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route.
PAGE 413
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 414
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information on all routes with extended community attributes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 415
DellEMC#show ip bgp extcommunity-list ec % Error: Extended community list does not exist. DellEMC# show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] filterlist as-path-name vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 416
Field Description • • • • • Example i = internal route entry a = aggregate route entry c = external confederation route entry n = network route entry r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
PAGE 417
• • • • • • • • • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element.
PAGE 418
Example DellEMC# show ip bgp flap-statistics BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network h 77.0.0.0/24 d 55.0.0.0/24 *> 66.0.0.0/24 *>n 66.66.77.77/32 DellEMC# From 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 0.0.0.
PAGE 419
Example Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. DellEMC# show ip bgp inconsistent-as BGP table version is 280852, local router ID is 10.1.2.
PAGE 420
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information exchanged by BGP neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information exchanged by BGP neighbors that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 421
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added the detail option. Output now displays the default MED value. 7.2.1.0 Added the received and denied route options. 6.3.
PAGE 422
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP table version Displays which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using. accepted prefixes Displays the number of network prefixes the router accepts and the amount of memory used to process those prefixes. Prefix advertised Displays the number of network prefixes advertised, the number rejected, and the number withdrawn from the BGP routing table.
PAGE 423
DellEMC# Related Commands • show ip bgp — view the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] next-hop Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 424
Example DellEMC# show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Resolved 172.16.0.2 YES DellEMC# show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. Syntax show ip bgp[vrf vrf-name] paths [regexp regular-expression] Parameters regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • • • • • • • • • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences).
PAGE 425
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the following example. Field Description Total Displays the total number of BGP path attributes. Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute.
PAGE 426
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp paths community command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored.
PAGE 427
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. Introduced on S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 428
Related Commands • • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assign a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — create a peer group. show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified. Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] regexp regular-expression [character] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression specified on that VRF.
PAGE 429
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then non-BGP routes exist in the router’s routing table.
PAGE 430
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 431
Field Description MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor. InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed. OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor. If a number appears in parentheses, the number represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group.
PAGE 432
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 433
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 434
Dell EMC Platform Support Networking OS Version 7.8.1.0, MBGP for IPv4 Multicast Only S-Series debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 435
distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes. Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internal-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 436
peer-group name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER-BGP mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.2) Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON..
PAGE 437
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized.
PAGE 438
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use content addressable memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell EMC Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 439
• ipv4mirracl: 0 l2acl number Enter the keyword l2acl and then the number of l2acl blocks. The range is from 0 to 8 in multiples of 2. ipv4acl number Enter the keyword ipv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv4 ACL. The range is from 0 to 9 in multiples of 3, when ipv4udfenable is selected. If not enabled, it is in multiples of 2. If the feature acloptimized command is enabled, the allocation is in multiples of 1.
PAGE 440
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.5) Added the keyword radius-v4acl on the S3048–ON. 9.14(1.3P2) Added the keyword radius-v4acl on the S3100 series. 9.14(0.0) Added the keyword ipv6mirracl on the S6000 and S6000–ON.
PAGE 441
Parameters default Reset the egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number Set the number of blocks for L2 egress ACL entries. ipv4acl number Set the number of blocks for IPv4 egress ACL entries. ipv6acl number Set the number of blocks for IPv6 egress ACL entries. It must be a multiple of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 442
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0. Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 443
cam-threshold Configure CAM threshold value for sending the syslog message on CAM usage. Configure silence period for stop receiving syslog message on CAM usage. Syntax cam-threshold threshold {default | threshold-percent} silence-period {default | silence-period-value} Defaults Enabled Parameters threshold default Enter the keyword default for CAM usage threshold for notification of the CAM usage through syslog message. The default threshold value is 90 percent.
PAGE 444
Usage Information • • • • Example When you convert the IPv6 ACL CAM region to double-wide, you can configure only up to 64 bit masks for the source IPv6 address and the destination IPv6 address in IPv6 ACL rules. The system rejects the host keyword when you write your ACL rules. When you convert the IPv6 ACL CAM region to double-wide, carve the IPv6 CAM region in multiples of two. You can use a maximum value of eight. This feature is supported for IPv6 user ACLs only in the ingress direction.
PAGE 445
Example (IPv6 flow-based mirroring information) DellEMC#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in 1 block = 256 Single Wide Regions: Double Wide Regions: : Triple Wide Regions: L2Acl : 0 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 3 Ipv4Qos : 0 L2Qos : 0 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 1 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 EtsAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlbclusteracl : 0 ipv4udfmirracl*: 3 ipv4mirracl : 0 block sizes) entries Ipv4Acl L2Acl, L2Qos, L2PT FcoeAcl, ipv4pbr, vrfv4Acl I
PAGE 446
Example DellEMC#show cam-sharing Configured: ipv4qos 50% ipv6acl Operational: ipv4qos 50% ipv6acl 50% 50% DellEMC# show cam-usage Display the amount of memory space used and available in each CAM partition (including Layer 2 ACL, Layer 3 ACL, and IPv4Flow) Syntax show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] Parameters acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage.
PAGE 447
Example (show cam-usage router) Example (Displaying the available IPv4 QoS and IPv6 ACL entries) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | IN-V6 ACL | IN-NLB ACL | IPMAC ACL | IN-L3-UDFMIRRACL| (IN-V6-MIRR ACL) IN-L3-MIRR ACL | OUT-L2 ACL | OUT-L3 ACL | OUT-V6 ACL | IN-L3 QOS | IN-L3 FIB | 256 0 256 256 | | | | 0 0 0 3 | | | | 256 0 256 253 0 206 202 202 0 90112 | | | | | | 0 12 8 3 0 5 | | | | | | 0 194 194 199 0 90107 DellEMC#show cam-usage router Stackunit|Portpipe|Pi
PAGE 448
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 449
hardware forwarding-table mode Select a mode to initialize the maximum scalability size for L2 MAC table or L3 Host table or L3 Route table. Syntax Parameters hardware forwarding-table-mode {scaled-l2-switch | scaled-l3-hosts | scaled-l3routes} scaled-l2switch Enter the keywords scaled-l2-switch to select the forwarding table mode for scaling l3 switch entries. scaled-l3– hosts Enter the keywords scaled-l3–hosts to select the forwarding table mode for scaling l3 host entries.
PAGE 450
L2 MAC Entries L3 Host Entries L3 Route Entries DellEMC# Related Commands 450 : : : 72K 72K 16K 8K 136K 16K hardware forwarding-table mode — selects the mode to initialize the maximum scalability size for L2 MAC table or L3 Host table or L3 Route table.
PAGE 451
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 452
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. cpu-protocol-group Creates or removes a protocol group. Syntax cpu-protocol-group group-name Use the no cpu-protocol-group group-name command to remove the protocol-group. Command Modes Parameters Command History Example CONFIGURATION group-name Enter the unique protocol-group name that you want to create. NOTE: The length of the group-name that you specify cannot exceed 32 characters. Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 453
Command Modes Parameters COPP-PROFILE queue-number Enter the queue number that you want to configure. The range is from 0 to 11. A queue can be mapped to a protocol-group or a qos-policy or both. Protocol groups cannot be configured for queue numbers 0 and 4. Only qos-policy can be mapped to these two queues. protocol-group Enter the keyword protocol-group followed by the name of the protocol group.
PAGE 454
NOTE: The protocols that are not mapped to the CPU queues are mapped to Queue 0. Example DellEMC(conf)#control-plane-cpuqos DellEMC(conf-control-cpuqos)#copp-policy COPP DellEMC(conf-control-cpuqos)#show config ! control-plane-cpuqos copp-policy COPP DellEMC(conf-control-cpuqos)# protocol-list Creates a protocol list to be configured under a protocol group. Syntax protocol-list protocol-name1, protocol-name2,..... Use the no protocol-list command to remove the protocols from the protocol-group.
PAGE 455
Example DellEMC(conf)#qos-policy-input QP1 cpu-qos DellEMC(conf-in-qos-policy-cpuqos)#queue-length 235 %Info: queue-length will take effect only when qos-policy is associated with a CoPP profile. DellEMC(conf-in-qos-policy-cpuqos)#show conf ! qos-policy-input QP1 cpu-qos queue-length 235 DellEMC(conf-in-qos-policy-cpuqos)# service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues Apply a policy map for the system to rate limit control traffic on a per-queue basis.
PAGE 456
Parameters policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 457
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules.
PAGE 458
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 459
Example Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 460
show running-config copp-profile Displays the configured CoPP profiles. Syntax show running-config copp-profile Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON, and S6100–ON.
PAGE 461
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell EMC Networking OS commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 462
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 463
clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit. Syntax Parameters clear pfc counters [interface-type | stack-unit {unit number | all } all stackports all}] interface interface-type Enter the keywords port-type then the interface information. Enter the subport number if a port is fanned-out into 10G ports. stack-unit unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack-unit number to be cleared.
PAGE 464
pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop Configure to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. Syntax pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop To disable the feature, use the no pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop command. Parameters l2-dlf Enter the keywords l2-dlf to drop flooding traffic on lossless priorities. drop Enter the keyword drop to enable the drop action. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 465
• dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 0 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Before configuring the port queues to function as no-drop queues, you must first apply the dcb-map map with pfc mode off. To apply the dcb-map with pfc mode off, use the following commands: dcb-map pfcoff and no pfc mode on. pfc priority Configure the CoS traffic to be stopped for the specified delay.
PAGE 466
show dcb Displays the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues. Syntax show dcb Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 467
Example Related Commands DellEMC#show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drops stack-unit 1 port-set 0 --------------------------------------------------Priority DropCount --------------------------------------------------0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop — configures to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. show interface pfc Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an interface, including priorities and link delay.
PAGE 468
Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information To clear the PFC TLV counters, use the clear pfc counters interface command. The following describes the show interface pfc summary command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities.
PAGE 469
Example (Summary) Field Description PFC TLV Statistics: Output TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Error pkts Number of PFC error packets received. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Tx pkts Number of PFC pause frames transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Rx pkts Number of PFC pause frames received.
PAGE 470
TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 65535 pause quantams Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is enabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is enabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface.
PAGE 471
Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames ---------------------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1/3/2 P0 0 0 0 Te 1/1/3/2 P1 0 0 0 Te 1/1/3/2 P2 0 0 0 Te 1/1/3/2 P3 0 0 0 Te 1/1/3/2 P4 0 0 0 Te 1/1/3/2 P5 0 0 0 Te 1/1/3/2 P6 0 0 0 Te 1/1/3/2 P7 0 0 0 DellEMC(conf)# ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell EMC Networking OS. NOTE: Before configuring ETS, assign the etsacl space.
PAGE 472
clear ets counters Clear all ETS TLV counters on an interface. Syntax clear ets counters port-type slot/port[/subport] Parameters port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the slot/port information. Enter the subport number if a port is fanned-out into 10G ports. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
PAGE 473
Example (Summary) Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.2) Down status messages added. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.
PAGE 474
Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 15 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE 475
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco.
PAGE 476
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command.
PAGE 477
To disable DCBX debugging, use the no debug dcbx command. Parameters {all | auto-detecttimer | configexchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: • • • • • • • • all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX auto-detect timers. config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges. fail: enables traces for DCBX failures. mgmt: enables traces for DCBX management frames.
PAGE 478
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command.
PAGE 479
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 480
Field Description Local DCBX Status: Acknowledgment Number Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or IN-SYNC. Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Peer DCBX Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs received from the peer device.
PAGE 481
DCBX Max Version Supported is 0 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2 Protocol State: In-Sync Peer DCBX Status: ---------------DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 255 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2 Total DCBX Frames transmitted 27 Total DCBX Frames received 6 Total DCBX Frame errors 0 Total DCBX Frames unrecognized 0 dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged
PAGE 482
priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map. Syntax priority-pgid dot1p0_group-num dot1p1_group-num dot1p2_group-num dot1p3_groupnum dot1p4_group-num dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num Parameters dot1p0–7_groupnum Enter the priority group number for each 802.1p class of traffic in a DCB map. Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 483
pfc {on | off} Configure whether priority-based flow control is enabled (on) or disabled (off) for port traffic in the priority group. Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 484
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. Usage Information The dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports. dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. Syntax dcb pfc-shared—buffer—size buffer-size Parameters buffer-size Enter a number in the range of 0 to 3399.
PAGE 485
Parameters buffer-size Enter the maximum buffer value that you want to allocate for the shared head room pool. Each lossless Priority or Priority Group can use up to the peak head room configured for that particular priority from the shared head room configured. The range is from 0 to 3399. Defaults 1040 KB. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 486
priority Configure the priority for the PFC threshold to be allocated to the buffer space parameters. Syntax priority value buffer-size size pause-threshold threshold-value peak-headroom headroom-value resume-offset threshold-value shared-threshold-weight size Parameters priority Specify the priority of the queue for which the buffer space settings apply. value Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7 to denote the priority to be allocated to the dynamic buffer control mechanism.
PAGE 487
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms.
PAGE 488
the pause or resume thresholds for the buffer. This method of configuration enables you to effectively manage and administer the behavior of lossless queues. Example DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/1/1)# dcb-policy buffer-threshold test dcb pfc-total-buffer-size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilobytes. Syntax dcb pfc-total—buffer—size buffer-size Parameters buffer-size Enter a number in the range of 0 to 3399. Default The default is 2656KB.
PAGE 489
1 0.3 DellEMC# 3399 2800 1040 1040 720 DellEMC(conf)#dcb pfc-total-buffer-size 2000 % Error: Total buffer size should not be less than the buffer consumed already in the system DellEMC(conf)# show running-config dcb-buffer-threshold Displays the DCB buffer threshold details in the running configuration. Syntax show running—config dcb-buffer-threshold Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 490
Te 1/1/2 Te 1/1/2 Te 1/1/2 Te 1/1/2 Te 1/1/2 DellEMC# Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 NO NO NO NO NO - - - - - On interface on which PFC is enabled: DellEMC(conf)#do show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/1/1/2 pfc buffer-threshold Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1/2 Interface Queue# Lossless Buffer-size Pause-threshold Resume-offset Shared Threshold (KB) (KB) (KB) Weight --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1/1/2 Q0 NO Te 1/1/1/2 Q1 NO Te 1/1/1/2 Q2 NO Te 1
PAGE 491
services, such as file transfers. You can configure the amount of buffer space to be allocated for each priority and the pause or resume thresholds for the buffer. This method of configuration enables you to effectively manage and administer the behavior of lossless queues. Example DellEMC(conf)# dcb pfc-queues 4 dcb {ets | pfc} enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface.
PAGE 492
12 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 493
Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, Dell EMC Networking OS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.txt) in the flash directory. This show file command is available only on master and standby. Important Points to Remember • • • Offline diagnostics can only be run when the unit is offline. You can only run offline diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected via the console.
PAGE 494
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 495
Usage Information The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. DellEMC#offline stack-unit 1 Warning - Taking unit offline for running diagnostics will make it operationally down, causing traffic disruption through the unit. Please make sure that stacking/fanout not configured for Diagnostics execution.
PAGE 496
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear hardware stack-unit Clear statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 497
clear hardware system-flow Clear system-flow statistics from selected hardware components. Syntax Parameters clear hardware system-flow stack-unit number port-set 0–0 counters stack-unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to clear a specific collection of data.
PAGE 498
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. hardware watchdog To trigger a reboot and restart the system, set the watchdog timer. Syntax hardware watchdog stack-unit {stack-unit-number | all} timeout value To return to the default setting, use the no version of this command.
PAGE 499
show hardware mac Display MAC ACL entries for the specified stack-unit, port-pipe and pipeline ID. Syntax Parameters show hardware mac {eg-acl | in-acl} stack-unit id port-set 0–0 pipeline pipeline-number eg-acl | in-acl Enter either the keyword eg-acl or the keyword in-acl to select between ingress or egress ACL data. stack-unit id Enter the keyword stack-unit to select the stack unit ID.
PAGE 500
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 501
details | port-stats [detail] | register | table-dump tablename} Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (DataPlane) EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Increased the stacking range to 12 units in S3100 series. 9.10(0.
PAGE 502
rxPkt(COS8 ) :0 rxPkt(COS9 ) :0 rxPkt(COS10) :0 rxPkt(COS11) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :0 transmitted :0 txRequested :0 noTxDesc :0 txError :0 txReqTooLarge :0 txInternalError :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0 ) :0 txPkt(COS1 ) :0 txPkt(COS2 ) :0 txPkt(COS3 ) :0 txPkt(COS4 ) :0 txPkt(COS5 ) :0 txPkt(COS6 ) :0 txPkt(COS7 ) :0 txPkt(COS8 ) :0 txPkt(COS9 ) :0 txPkt(COS10) :0 txPkt(COS11) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 Example (PartyBus) Example (Drops Unit) DellEMC# show hardware stack-unit 1 cpu party-bus statistics Input Statistic
PAGE 503
Example (Register) Example (Counters) ce0 xe0 xe1 xe2 ce1 xe3 xe4 xe5 ce2 xe6 xe7 xe8 xe9 xe10 up !ena !ena !ena up !ena !ena !ena up !ena !ena !ena up up 4 100G 1 25G 1 50G 1 25G 4 100G 1 25G 1 50G 1 25G 4 100G 1 25G 1 50G 1 25G 1 25G 1 25G lrn ops FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA inter face CR4 XGMII XGMII XGMII CR4 XGMII XGMII XGMII CR4 XGMII XGMII XGMII CR CR max frame 8996 9412 9412 9412 8996 9412 9412 9412 8996 9412 9412 9412 8996 8996 FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD SW Non
PAGE 504
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX 504 - 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter 4096 to 9216 Byte Frame Counter Good Packet Counter Packet
PAGE 505
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX Example (Details) - PFC Frame Priority 6 PFC Frame Priority 7 Debug Counter 0 Debug Counter 1 Debug Counter 2 Debug Counter 3 Debug Counter 4 Debug Counter 5 Debug Counter 6 Debug Counter 7 Debug Counter 8 Debug Counter 9 Debug Counter 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ************************** bcmLinkMonStatusShow: The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000
PAGE 506
• • • • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information.
PAGE 507
for all interface in the specified stack member and unit Example displaying queue range Buffer Stats for Front End Ports ================================ ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1/1/1 ----Maximum Shared Limit for the Interface: 38336 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Interface: 120 Used Packet Buffer for the Interface: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1/1/1 ----Maximum Shared Limit for the Interface: 38336 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Interface: 120 Used Packet Buffer f
PAGE 508
Parameters Command Modes headroom-pool buffer-info Enter the keyword headroom-pool followed by the keyword buffer-info for information on the headroom pool buffer usage. headroom-pool detail buffer-info Enter the keyword headroom-pool followed by the keywords detail and bufferinfo for detailed headroom buffer usage statistics. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example displaying buffer information for headroom pool Version Description 9.11(2.
PAGE 509
-----Buffer Details for MMU 1--------------------------------------------------------------------Service-Pool Configured Buffer(KB) Used Buffer(KB) ----------------------------------------------------------------SP0(Lossy) 2440 1943 SP1(Lossless) 961 226 -----Buffer Details for MMU 2--------------------------------------------------------------------Service-Pool Configured Buffer(KB) Used Buffer(KB) ----------------------------------------------------------------SP0(Lossy) 2440 1939 SP1(Lossless) 961 32 ---
PAGE 510
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, Z9500.
PAGE 511
UCAST UCAST UCAST Example displaying egress queue-level snapshot for multicast packets for the specific interface 7 8 9 0 0 0 DellEMC# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface hundredGigE 1/10 queue mcast 0 Stack-unit 1 unit: 0 port: 34 (interface Hu 1/10) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 0 0 DellEMC# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface hundredGigE 1/10 queue mcast all Stack-unit 1 unit: 0 po
PAGE 512
0 1 0 2 0 3 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 0 3 1 3 2 3 3 DellEMC# 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show hardware counters interface Display the counter information for a specific interface. Syntax show hardware counters interface interface Parameters counters Enter the keywords counters to display counter value for the specified stack-member the port-pipe.
PAGE 513
Example DellEMC# show hardware counters interface hundredGigE 1/10 unit: 0 port: 34 (interface Hu 1/10) Description Value RX - IPV4 L3 Unicast Frame Counter RX - IPV4 L3 Routed Multicast Packets RX - IPV6 L3 Unicast Frame Counter RX - IPV6 L3 Routed Multicast Packets RX - Unicast Packet Counter RX - 64 Byte Frame Counter RX - 65 to 127 Byte Frame Counter RX - 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter RX - 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter RX - 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter RX - 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter RX - 1519 t
PAGE 514
• • Command Modes For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 515
Rx VLAN Drops : 0 --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops : 953152009 Ingress MTUExceeds : 0 --- MMU Drops --Ingress MMU Drops : 0 Ingress Drops Bytes : 0 HOL DROPS(TOTAL) : 0 HOL DROPS on COS0 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS1 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS2 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS3 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS4 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS5 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS6 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS7 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS8 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS9 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS10 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS11 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS12 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS13 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS14 :
PAGE 516
HOL DROPS on COS4 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS5 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS6 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS7 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS8 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS9 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS10 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS11 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS12 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS13 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS14 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS15 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS16 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS17 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS18 : 0 HOL DROPS on COS19 : 0 TxPurge CellErr : 0 Aged Drops : 0 --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops : 0 --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR Drops --IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops : 0 TTL T
PAGE 517
Example Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 518
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 519
EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the Z9100. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information The following information is displayed depending on whether the historical snapshot of buffer statistics is needed for all ports, per-port per-queue, or a priority group. • • • All – Displays all resources on ingress and egress for each of the port, queue.
PAGE 520
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the keyword interface all. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 521
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 522
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Press Enter after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display Dell OS debugging messages for DHCP. Syntax debug ip dhcp server [events | packets] Parameters events Enter the keyword events to display the DHCP state changes.
PAGE 523
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 524
disable Disable the DHCP server. Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 525
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 526
excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. Syntax excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] Parameters address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool. low-address Enter the lowest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool. high-address Enter the highest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 527
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 528
Version Description 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.0.2.
PAGE 529
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Syntax Parameters netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server.
PAGE 530
• • Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 531
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 532
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 533
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. DellEMC# show ip dhcp configuration global Protocol status : Enabled Number of ping packets : 1 DellEMC# DellEMC# show ip dhcp configuration Pool Name Pool Type Domain Name Lease Time DNS Servers Default Routers Network : : : : : : : pool p1 p1 Dynamic dell.com 2Days 0Hrs 0Mins 10.11.0.1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.
PAGE 534
show ip dhcp server Display the DHCP server statistics. Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
PAGE 535
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • arp inspection-trust — specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table.
PAGE 536
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.
PAGE 537
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added the keywords discard-counters, interface, and the variable interface on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 538
Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. DellEMC# clear ipv6 dhcp snooping? binding Clear the snooping binding database ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82.
PAGE 539
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 540
ipv6 dhcp snooping Enable DHCPv6 snooping globally for ipv6. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping To disable the snooping globally, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 541
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface interface-type lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 542
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Instructions You can map multiple IP addresses to the same MAC address. Related Commands • show ip dhcp snooping — display the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 543
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Syntax Parameters ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600.
PAGE 544
Parameters value The range is from 5 to 21600. The value of the minutes range is from 5 min. to 15 days. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 545
ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew To load the binding entries from the file to DHCPv6 snooping binding database. Syntax ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew Defaults None Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 546
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted for DHCP snooping. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping trust To disable dhcp snooping trusted capability on this interface, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping trust command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 547
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added the vlan keyword and the vlan-id variable . Introduced support for SAV on port channels interfaces. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added the keyword ipmac. 7.8.1.
PAGE 548
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(2.0P0) Introduced the circuit-id attribute in the command. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 549
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands CONFIGURATION INTERFACE Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. • ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface— Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface.
PAGE 550
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 551
ip helper-address Configures the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests. Syntax ip helper-address [vrf vrf-name] ip-address To disable the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests, use the ip helper-address [vrf vrf-name] ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF through which the host address can be reached.
PAGE 552
Version Description 9.14(1.0) Enhanced to support non-default VRF configuration for DHCPv6 helper address. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, and Z9500.
PAGE 553
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 554
permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.3 host 00:00:00:00:01:03 count (0 packets) count (0 packets) NOTE: The output for port-channel interfaces does not display the physical interface.
PAGE 555
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. DellEMC# show ipv6 dhcp snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping Mac Verification : Enabled. : Disabled.
PAGE 556
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to associate the system with one or more DNS servers. In a dual stack setup, the system sends both A (request for IPv4 — RFC 1035) and AAAA (request for IPv6 — RFC 3596) record requests to a DNS server even if only the ip name-server command is configured. Example • DellEMC(conf)#ip name-server vrf jay 2.2.2.
PAGE 557
ip domain-list Adds a domain name to the DNS list. This domain name is appended to incomplete host names in DNS requests corresponding to a specific VRF. Syntax ip domain-list [vrf vrf-name] name To remove a domain name from DNS list, use the no ip domain-list [vrf vrf-name] name command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to add a domain name to the DNS list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 558
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 559
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • • • • • • ecmp-group hash-algorithm ip ecmp-group ip ecmp weighted link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold link-bundle-monitor enable ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
PAGE 560
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID.
PAGE 561
hg {crc16 | crc16cc | Enter the keyword hg then one of the following options available in the stack-unit and linecard provisioned devices: crc32MSB | • crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | • • xor16} • • • • • • lag {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} Enter the keyword hg then one of the following options available in the stack-unit and linecard provisioned devices:: • • • • • • • • • hg-seed seed- value crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomia
PAGE 562
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Added the nh-ecmp option. 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option.
PAGE 563
path-fallback Use the keywords path-fallback to enable this feature. If you enable the feature, reenter this keyword to disable the feature. Defaults 16 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.
PAGE 564
Usage Information Enabling this CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with weights in the HW/CAM on the fly. If disabled, the CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with no weights or regular ECMP.
PAGE 565
link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ECMP-GROUP PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 566
15 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. Topics: • • • • • • • load-balance ingress-port enable load-balance flexhash lacp fast-switchover show issu clients show issu detail show issu status encapsulation dot1q load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash functionality. This utility is supported on the platform. Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command.
PAGE 567
load-balance flexhash Specify the parameters for the Flex Hash mechanism, such as whether IPv4 or IPv6 packets must be subject to Flex Hash functionality, a unique protocol number, the offset of hash fields from the start of the L4 header to be used for hash calculation, and a meaningful description to associate the protocol number with the name.
PAGE 568
lacp fast-switchover Cause the physical ports to be aggregated faster by configuring this capability in a port-channel on both the nodes that are members of a port-channel. Syntax lacp fast-switchover To disable the capability of faster aggregation of the member ports of a LAG or a port-channel bundle, use the no version of this command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
PAGE 569
8 ISSU MRTM Client 9 ISSU LC Client 10 ISSU Mac Manager Client 11 ISSU LACP Client 12 ISSU NDPM Client 13 ISSU XSTP Client 14 ISSU BGP Client 15 ISSU Mirror Client 16 ISSU SupportAssist Client 17 ISSU Tunnel Manger Client DellEMC# NO NO YES YES YES YES NO YES YES YES Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration ------audit completed audit completed audit completed audit completed ---audit completed audit completed audit completed show issu detail Show
PAGE 570
show issu status Shows the current state of warmboot and a summary of the number of clients registered. Syntax show issu status Parameters N/A Defaults N/A Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.12(0.
PAGE 571
16 FIP Snooping clear fip-snooping database interface vlan Clear FIP snooping information on a VLAN for a specified FCoE MAC address, ENode MAC address, or FCF MAC address, and remove the corresponding ACLs FIP snooping generates. Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping database interface vlan {vlan-id} enode {enode-mac-address} | fcf {fcf-mac-address} | session {session-mac-address} enode-macaddress Enter the ENode MAC address of the session which has to be cleared.
PAGE 572
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug fip snooping Enable debugging on FIP snooping.
PAGE 573
debug fip snooping rx Enable debugging for FIP snooping receive-specific packets. Syntax Parameters debug fip-snooping rx packet-type [all | discovery | ns | virtual-linkinstantiation | virtual-link-maintenance| vlan-discovery] [interface] packet-type Enter the keyword packet-type and then the option type on which to enable debugging. The options are: • • • • • • interface all — Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options.
PAGE 574
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 575
Usage Information The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is 12. The default number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 32. The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 64. fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To return the configured FM-MAP value to the default value, use the no fip-snooping fc-map command.
PAGE 576
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 577
Usage Information NOTE: This command is deprecated from the Dell EMC Networking OS. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 578
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show fip-snooping enode command shown in the following example. Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode.
PAGE 579
Field Description FCF Interface Slot/port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-MAP FC-Map value the FCF advertises. ENode Interface Slot/ number of the interface connected to the ENode. FKA_ADV_PERIO D Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 580
Field Description Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits Number of FIP-snoop multicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface. Number of Unicast Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface. Discovery Solicits Number of FLOGI Number of FIP-snoop FLOGI request frames received on the interface. Number of FDISC Number of FIP-snoop FDISC request frames received on the interface.
PAGE 581
Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3349 Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4437 Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisement :2 Number of FLOGI Accepts :2 Number of FLOGI Rejects :0 Number of FDISC Accepts :16 Number of FDISC Rejects :0 Number of FLOGO Accepts :0 Number of FLOGO Rejects :0 Number of CVL :0 Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 DellEMC(conf)# DellEMC# show fip-snooping statistics int tengigabitethernet
PAGE 582
show fip-snooping system Display information on the status of FIP snooping on the switch (enabled or disabled), including the number of FCoE VLANs, FCFs, ENodes, and currently active sessions. Syntax show fip-snooping system Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON.
PAGE 583
Example DellEMC# show fip-snooping vlan * = Default VLAN VLAN FC-MAP FCFs Enodes Sessions ---- ------ ---- ------ -------*1 100 0X0EFC00 1 2 17 show fips status Display the FIPs status on the platform. Syntax show fips status Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 584
17 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • FRRP is media- and speed-independent.
PAGE 585
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 586
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 587
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 588
To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
PAGE 589
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command causes the Ring Manager to take ownership of the two ports after IFM validates the configuration. Ownership is relinquished for a port only when the interface does not play a part in any control VLAN, that is, the interface does not belong to any ring. Related Commands • show frrp — display the Resilient Ring Protocol configuration information.
PAGE 590
mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode. Defaults Mode None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 591
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 592
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell EMC Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 593
Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell EMC Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes. This command clears the following counters: • • • hello Rx and Tx counters Topology change Rx and Tx counters The number of state change counters Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings.
PAGE 594
timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets. Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds dead-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
PAGE 595
18 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell EMC Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell EMC Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 596
• • • show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. Syntax clear gvrp statistics interface interface Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 597
debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events.
PAGE 598
disable Globally disable GVRP. Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 599
leave-all Enter the keywords leave-all then the number of milliseconds to configure the leaveall time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 600
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 601
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 602
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • disable — globally disable GVRP. show config Display the global GVRP configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 603
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 604
Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 605
• • • • • summary For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 606
Leave Empty Received: 0 Leave All Received: 40 Join Empty Transmitted: 156 Join In Transmitted: 0 Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave In Transmitted: 0 Leave Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave All Transmitted: 41 Invalid Messages/Attributes skipped: 0 Failed Registrations: 0 DellEMC# Related Commands 606 • show gvrp — display the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 607
19 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table 4. ICMP messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 3 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
PAGE 608
Symbol Type Code 12 608 Description Query Error parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
PAGE 609
20 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported on the Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell EMC Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • Dell EMC Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocol-independent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes.
PAGE 610
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 611
• • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 612
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 613
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database.
PAGE 614
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command ip igmp query-interval Change the transmission frequency of IGMP general queries the Querier sends. Syntax ip igmp query-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip igmp query-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between queries sent out. The range is from 1 to 18000. The default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 615
Usage Information If you have configured the hello interval value to be greater than 18000, you must first reset that value to be less than or equal to 18000 before upload. Otherwise, the command execution fails during bootup and the hello interval value is set to the default value. ip igmp query-max-resp-time Set the maximum query response time advertised in general queries. NOTE: The IGMP query-max-resp-time value must be less than the IGMP query-interval value.
PAGE 616
ip igmp ssm-map To translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships, use a statically configured list. Syntax ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] ssm-map std-access-list source-address Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) state, use the ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] ssm-map std-access-list source-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF.
PAGE 617
3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. Defaults 2 (IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 618
• • • • detail For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 619
Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 Example (VLT) 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the following example indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up.
PAGE 620
• • • • • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 621
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Example (VRF) max query response time is 10 seconds last member query response interval is 1000 ms immediate-leave is enabled for all groups activity: 0 joins querying router is 35.0.0.1 (this system) version is 2 DellEMC# show ip igmp vrf BLUE interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1/1 Inbound IGMP access group is not set Internet address is 50.10.4.
PAGE 622
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 623
• • • • You must configure an IP address to the VLAN interface for IGMP snooping Querier to begin. The IGMP snooping Querier disables itself when a VLAN IP address is cleared, and then it restarts itself when an IP address is reassigned to the VLAN interface. When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier does not start if there is a statically configured multicast router interface in the VLAN.
PAGE 624
debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. Syntax debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] • • Parameters To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command. To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. snooping Enter the keyword snooping to enable debugging of IGMP snooping. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 625
• Command History INTERFACE VLAN This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 626
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 627
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 628
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command.
PAGE 629
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed. Assign an IP address to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN.
PAGE 630
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. Usage Information This command displays the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces. The following describes the show ip igmp groups command shown in the following example.
PAGE 631
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command.
PAGE 632
21 Interfaces To configure egress, port channel, time domain, and UDP, use these interface commands. Topics: • • • • Basic Interface Commands Port Channel Commands Enhanced Validation of Interface Ranges ip http source-interface Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 633
• between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1 - 4. For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] slot/port/[subport]. For example, if you want to clear the port configurations corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. vrrp [ipv6 {vr-id} | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups.
PAGE 634
Example Related Commands DellEMC# clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] DellEMC# • mac learning-limit — allow aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learned MACs. clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface.
PAGE 635
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Related Commands DellEMC# clear dampening tegigabitethernet 1/1/3/1 Clear dampening counters on TeGi 1/1/3/1 [confirm] y DellEMC# • • show interfaces dampening — display interface dampening information. dampening — configure dampening on an interface. dampening Configure dampening on an interface.
PAGE 636
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information With each flap, Dell EMC Networking OS penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. After the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface moves to the Error-Disabled state.
PAGE 637
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified for E-Series: Revised from 78 to 240 characters. Usage Information Important Points to Remember: • • • • • To use special characters as a part of the description string, you must enclose the whole string in double quotes.
PAGE 638
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048-ON, S4048-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information Use the default interface command to set a Gigabit Ethernet, 10- Gigabit Ethernet, or 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface to its factory-default state. By default, a physical interface is disabled (shutdown) with no assigned IP address or switchport (no ip address).
PAGE 639
Usage Information To enable routing of RRoCE packets, the VLAN ID is mapped to the default VLAN ID of 4095 and this mapping is performed using VLAN translation. After VLAN translation, the RRoCE packets are considered in the same manner as normal IP packets that received on L3 interface and routed in the egress direction. At the egress interface, the VLAN ID is appended to the packet and transmitted out of the interface as a tagged packet with the dot1Q value preserved.
PAGE 640
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the platforms S4048–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S4048T-ON, S3048– ON, S6000, S6010–ON, S5048F-ON, FN-IOM, and MXL. 9.13(0.2P2) Introduced on the S3100. Usage Information Whenever the Err-disable recovery timer is reconfigured, it will get effective only after the current timer expires.
PAGE 641
Version Description 9.12(0.0) Enabled on 25G and 50G interfaces on the Z9100–ON by default. Introduced support to enable or disable FEC independent of autonegotiation for 100G interfaces on the S6100– ON and Z9100–ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 642
monitor Enter the keyword monitor then the session-ID to enable mirror flow control frames on the interface. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults rx off tx off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Added support for monitor session. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 643
• • Speeds less than one Gig cannot be configured when the asymmetric flow control configuration is on. The following error is returned: Can’t configure speed <1G when Asymmetric flowcontrol is on, config ignored Dell EMC Networking OS only supports rx on tx on and rx off tx off for speeds less than one Gig (Symmetric). NOTE: If you use the disable rx flow control command, Dell EMC Networking recommends rebooting the system. NOTE: Dell EMC Networking OS does not support mirroring of tx pause frames.
PAGE 644
on on on on off off on on off off on on on on off off on on on on off off on on interface Configure a physical or virtual interface on the switch. Syntax interface interface Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • • • • • • • For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0.
PAGE 645
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete a physical interface.
PAGE 646
Parameters interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface group and one of the interfaces — slot/port or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. Spaces are not required between the commas. Comma-separated ranges can include VLANs and physical interfaces. Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6.
PAGE 647
interface loopback Configure a Loopback interface. Syntax interface loopback number To remove a loopback interface, use the no interface loopback number command. Parameters number Enter a number as the interface number. The range is from 0 to 16383. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 648
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 649
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 650
• • • • Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 651
• • • • • • • Example (If atleast one port is configured) When the interface range prompt has multiple port ranges, the smaller port range is excluded from the prompt. If overlapping port ranges are specified, the port range is extended to the smallest start port and the biggest end port. The interface range format for a 10G interface is stack/slot/port/subport. The interface range format for a 25GG interface is stack/slot/port/subport.
PAGE 652
Example (Single Range) This example shows a single range bulk configuration. DellEMC(config)# interface range tengigabitethernet 1/1/1/1 - 1/1/7/3 DellEMC(config-if-range-te-1/1/1/1-1/1/7/3)# no shutdown Example (Multiple Range) This example shows how to use commas to add different interface types to a range of interfaces.
PAGE 653
• • • • • • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information.
PAGE 654
DellEMC(config-if-rangete-1/1/1/1-1/1/3/1,te-1/1/5/1-1/1/7/4,te-1/1/8/1-1/1/8/4)# DellEMC(config)# define interface-range test HundredGigE 1/1 - 1/3, HundredGigE 1/7 - 1/17, HundredGigE 1/19 - 1/22 DellEMC# show running-config | grep define define interface-range test HundredGigE 1/1 - 1/3, HundredGigE 1/7 - 1/17, HundredGigE 1/19 - 1/22 DellEMC(config)# interface range macro test DellEMC(config-if-range-hu-1/1-1/3,hu-1/7-1/17,hu-1/19-1/22)# Related Commands • • interface range – configure a range of comm
PAGE 655
te-1/1/1/1-1/1/1/3,te-1/1/3/1-1/1/4/4,te-1/1/7/1-1/1/9/1)# Dell Related Commands • • interface range — configure a range of command (bulk configuration). interface range macro (define) — define a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration). interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs. Syntax Parameters interface vlan vlan-id [of-instance{of-id}] vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 656
Related Commands • • • • • • • • interface — configure a physical interface. interface loopback — configure a loopback interface. interface null — configure a null interface. interface port-channel — configure a port channel group. show vlan — display the current VLAN configuration on the switch. shutdown — disable/enable the VLAN. tagged — add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. untagged — add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface.
PAGE 657
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 658
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up.
PAGE 659
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 660
Input giants: Input throttles: Input CRC: Input IP checksum: Input overrun: Output underruns: Output throttles: m l T q Example (All Interfaces) - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Change mode Page up Increase refresh interval Quit pps pps pps pps pps pps pps 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c - Clear screen a - Page down t - Decrease refresh interval systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 661
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Reduced the maximum size of the maximum transmission unit (MTU) to 9216 bytes on S6000, S6000-ON, S4048-ON, Z9500, and C9010. Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 662
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes negotiation auto Enable auto-negotiation on an interface. Syntax negotiation auto To disable auto-negotiation, use the no negotiation auto command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 663
• • • Master Slave Auto-neg Error — typically indicates that both ends of the node are configured with forced-master or forcedslave. CAUTION: Ensure that one end of your node is configured as forced-master and one is configured as forced-slave. If both are configured the same (that is, forced-master or forced-slave), the show interfaces command flaps between an auto-neg-error and forced-master/slave states. You can display master/slave settings with the show interfaces command.
PAGE 664
• • Down Down * You cannot disable auto-negotiation when the speed is set to 1000 or auto. no port-delay-restore (Interface Mode) Disables delayed bring up of individual interfaces during switch boot up. Syntax no port-delay-restore Parameters None Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(2.
PAGE 665
Related Commands no port-delay-restore (Interface Mode) — disables delayed bring up of individual interfaces during switch boot up. portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command.
PAGE 666
Example Example Example (Vlan) DellEMC(conf)# interface tengigabitethernet 1/1/1/1 DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/1/1)# portmode hybrid DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/1/1)# interface vlan 10 DellEMC(conf-if-vl-10)# untagged tengigabitethernet 1/1/1/1 DellEMC(conf-if-vl-10)# interface vlan 20 DellEMC(conf-if-vl-20)# tagged tengigabitethernet 1/1/1/1 DellEMC(conf-if-vl-20)# DellEMC(conf-if-vl-20)# do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1/1 802.
PAGE 667
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data.
PAGE 668
show config Display the interface configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 669
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 670
• • • • • • • • • • For stack-units, enter the keywords stack-unit then the slot/port information. For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 671
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.2) Added support for the tunnel interface type. 9.1(0.0) Updated Management Ethernet output to include two global IPv6 addresses on S4810 and Z9000 and added output example showing OpenFlow instance ID. 8.3.12.1 Updated command output to support multiple IPv6 addresses on S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to support eSR4 optics in Z9000. 8.3.11.
PAGE 672
Line Description LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed, duplex mode, and negotiation mode. Energy Efficient Ethernet Displays whether Energy Efficient Ethernet has been enabled or not. ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared. Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out.
PAGE 673
Hardware is DellEMCEth, address is 00:a0:c9:00:00:0b Current address is 00:a0:c9:00:00:0b Pluggable media present, QSFP type is 40GBASE-CR4-1M Interface index is 2097156 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :00a0c900000b MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 1d18h54m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts,
PAGE 674
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded 0 FEC corrected blocks, 0 FEC uncorrected blocks Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded,
PAGE 675
Queueing strategy: fifo Input 943 packets, 78347 bytes, 190 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 459 packets, 102388 bytes, 15 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:03:09 Example (Management Ethernet, two IPv6 addresses) DellEMC# show interfaces managementethernet 1/1 ManagementEthernet 1/1 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Current address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Pluggable media not present Interfa
PAGE 676
show interfaces configured Display any interface with a non-default configuration. Syntax show interfaces configured Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 676 Interfaces EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
PAGE 677
Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 00:04:59 DellEMC# show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information. Syntax Parameters show interfaces dampening [[interface] [summary] [detail]] interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 678
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 679
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 680
NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. • • stack-unit slotnumber For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1 - 4.
PAGE 681
Parameters vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. LINE (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the VLAN. description Displays the VLAN interface information with description. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
PAGE 682
Defaults None. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON.
PAGE 683
• • stack-unit unit-id For physical interfaces, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1 - 4. For port–channel interfaces, you can specify multiple ports as port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces port—channel 1 - 4.
PAGE 684
802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan 2, Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 20 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/2/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/3/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/4/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 --More-Related Commands • • • interface — configure a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — display Layer 3 information about the interfaces.
PAGE 685
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Added support to display 10GBASE-T information on the S4048, S4048T, S6000, S6000ON, S6100, Z9500, S6010, and Z9100. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.9(0.
PAGE 686
Line Description Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Alarm Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. threshold Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 687
Line Description Tx Fault state This is the digital state of the Tx Fault output pin. Rate Select state This is the digital state of the SFP rate_select input pin. RS state This is the reserved digital state of the pin AS(1) per SFF-8079 and RS(1) per SFF-8431. Tx Disable state If the admin status of the port is down then this flag is set to true. Temperature High This can be either true or false, depending on the Current voltage value displayed above.
PAGE 688
QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP 0x00 QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 0x00 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 4/7/1 Serial ID Base Fields Id Ext Id Connector Transceiver Code Encoding Length(SFM) Km Length(OM3) 2m Length(OM2) 1m Length(OM1) 1m Length(Copper-1m/AOC-1m/OM4-2m) Vendor Rev Laser Wavelength CheckCodeBase Serial ID Extended Fields BR max BR min Vendor SN Datecode CheckCod
PAGE 689
QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 QSFP28 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 Encoding Length(SFM) Km Length(OM3) 2m Length(OM2) 1m Length(OM1) 1m Length(Copper-1m/AOC-1m/OM4-2m) Vendor Rev Laser Wavelength CheckCodeBase Serial ID Extended Fields BR max BR min Vendor SN Datecode CheckCodeExt Extended Transceiver Code = = = = = = = = = 0x05 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 1 38.
PAGE 690
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced. Example Related Commands DellEMC(conf-if-range-te-1/1/2/1,fo-1/1/6)# show range 1/1/2/1 - 0 1/1/6 - 0 • • interface — configure a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. shutdown Disable an interface. Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 691
Related Commands • • • interface port-channel — create a port channel interface. interface vlan — create a VLAN. show ip interface — display the interface routing status. Add the keyword brief to display a table of interfaces and their status. speed (for 10/100/1000/10000 interfaces) Set the speed for 10/100/1000/10000 interfaces. Set both sides of a link to the same speed (10/100/1000/10000) or to auto or the link may not come up.
PAGE 692
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command is found on the 10/100/1000/10000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. When you enable auto, the system performs an automatic discovery to determine the optics installed and configure the appropriate speed. When you configure a speed for the 10/100/1000/10000 interface, confirm the negotiation auto command setting.
PAGE 693
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only. Related Commands • • interface ManagementEthernet — configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM).
PAGE 694
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You can split a 100G port into two 50G, one 40G, four 10G, or four 25G ports. You can use the stack-unit portmode command to dynamically fan-out 100G ports into two 50G, one 40G, four 10G, or four 25G ports and vice-versa without reloading a switch. The port must be in a default configuration before it can be split.
PAGE 695
private-vlan (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords private-vlan to set the interface mode to private VLAN mode. host (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword host to set the private VLAN interface to host mode. promiscuous (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword promiscuous to set the private VLAN interface to promiscuous mode. trunk (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trunk to set the private VLAN interface to trunk mode. Defaults Disabled — interface is in Layer 3 mode.
PAGE 696
Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In Dell EMC Networking OS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel. • The platform supports 4096 port channels and 16 members per port channel.
PAGE 697
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration.
PAGE 698
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 699
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Usage Information Port Channel interfaces are logical interfaces and can be either in Layer 2 mode (by using the switchport command) or Layer 3 mode (by configuring an IP address). You can add a Port Channel in Layer 2 mode to a VLAN.
PAGE 700
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 701
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup.
PAGE 702
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Modified to display the LAG failover group status. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 703
Example DellEMC# show interfaces port-channel 20 Port-channel 20 is up, line protocol is up (Failover-group 1 is down) Hardware address is 00:01:e8:01:46:fa Port-channel is part of failover-group 1 Internet address is 1.1.120.
PAGE 704
show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow. Syntax show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel number incoming-interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} | {source-port number destination-port number} | {source-mac address destination-mac address {vlan vlanid | ether-type}} Parameters outgoing-portchannel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel then the number of the port channel to display flow information.
PAGE 705
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets).
PAGE 706
• • • • • • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 707
22 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell EMC Networking OS on the platform.
PAGE 708
• • • • • • • • show ip management-route show ipv6 management-route show ip protocols show ip route show ip route list show ip route summary show ip traffic show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF.
PAGE 709
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP.
PAGE 710
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer. Over the specified period, the time between ARP requests increases. This behavior reduces the potential for the system to slow down while waiting for a multitude of ARP responses. Related Commands • show arp retries — display the configured number of ARP retries.
PAGE 711
arp max-entries Enables you to configure the maximum number of ARP entries per VRF that are allowed for IPv4.. Syntax Parameters arp max-entries [vrf vrf-name] max-number vrf vrf-name Enter the name of a specific VRF for which you want to configure maximum number of ARP entries that IPv4 allows. max-number Enter the maximum number of ARP entries that a VRF RTM can hold. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 712
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart.
PAGE 713
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). Syntax Parameters clear arp-cache [vrf vrf-name | interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the ARP cache corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 714
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 715
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. clear ip fib stack-unit Clear all FIB entries in the specified stack unit (use this command with caution, refer to Usage Information.) Syntax Parameters clear ip fib stack-unit unit-number vrf vrf-name unit-number Enter the number of the stack unit. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear all FIB entries corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 716
ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 717
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 718
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 719
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 720
debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). Syntax debug ip icmp [interface] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • • • • count value For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 721
Example Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.40 echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.
PAGE 722
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Added the access-group option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option.
PAGE 723
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. The access-group option supports only the equal to (eq) operator in TCP ACL rules. Port operators not equal to (neq), greater than (gt), less than (lt), or range are not supported in access-group option (refer to the following example). ARP packets (arp) and Ether-type (ether-type) are also not supported in the accessgroup option. The entire rule is skipped to compose the filter.
PAGE 724
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 725
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names.
PAGE 726
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To configure a list of possible domain names, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. If you configure both the ip domain-name and ip domain-list commands, the software tries to resolve the name using the ip domain-name command. If the name is not resolved, the software goes through the list of names configured with the ip domain-list command to find a match.
PAGE 727
Dell EMC Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out all other interfaces, including the Management port. To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands • • ip name-server — specify a DNS server. show hosts — view the current bindings. ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command.
PAGE 728
Related Commands • ip domain-list — configure additional names. ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 729
ip helper-address hop-count disable Disable the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. Syntax ip helper-address hop-count disable To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hop-count disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 730
ip address Enter an IP address, in dotted decimal format, to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
PAGE 731
• • • • • • • • protocols (Telnet, SSH, FTP, TFTP), where the source interface can be specified, only one interface can be chosen. This is for all VRFs combined. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information.
PAGE 732
ipv6 icmp source-interface Enable the ICMP error and unreachable messages to be sent with the source interface IP address, such as the loopback address, instead of the hops of the preceding devices along the network path to be used for easy debugging and diagnosis of network disconnections and reachability problems with IPv6 packets.
PAGE 733
In network environments that contain a large number of devices, ranging up to thousands of systems, and with each device configured for equal-cost multipath (ECMP) links, you cannot effectively and optimally use the traceroute and ping applications to examine the network reachablity and identify any broken links for diagnostic purposes.
PAGE 734
ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...ipv4-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ip name-server ip-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address, in dotted decimal format, of the name server to be used. ipv4-address2... ipv4-address6 (OPTIONAL) Enter up five more IPv4 addresses, in dotted decimal format, of name servers to be used.
PAGE 735
To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 736
• • • • • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 737
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Included the weighted parameter to support weighted ECMP feature. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface type. 8.3.19.
PAGE 738
DellEMC(conf)# DellEMC(conf)# do show running-config | grep route ip route vrf test 1.1.1.0/24 4.4.4.2 weight 100 ip route vrf test 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.2 weight 200 Related Commands • show ip route — view the switch routing table. ip source-route Enable Dell EMC Networking OS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 739
Parameters Command Modes Command History <8-75> Wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established. CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 740
ipv4 unicast-host-route Enable programming of IPv4 /32 route prefixes in L3 host table. Syntax [no] ipv4 unicast-host-route Defaults Disabled by default. By default, all the IPv4 route prefixes are installed only in the LPM table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 741
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 742
• • tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • ingress-port enable source-dest-mac — Uses the destination and source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. source-mac — Uses the source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash.
PAGE 743
load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links.
PAGE 744
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 745
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for forty gigabit, vlan, and tengigabit ethernet interfaces. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.
PAGE 746
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ip ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then an IP address in the dotted decimal format. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x).
PAGE 747
Usage Information The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)). If you have entered the clear arp-cache command to remove a large number of ARP entries and the command is still being processed in the background, an error message display if you attempt to enter the show arp command: Clear arp in-progress. Please try after sometime! The following describes the show arp command shown in the following example.
PAGE 748
Example (Summary) DellEMC# show arp summary TotalEntries Static Entries Dynamic Entries CPU ---------------------------------------------83 0 83 CP DellEMC# Related Commands • • ip local-proxy-arp — enable/disable Layer 3 communication in secondary VLANs. switchport mode private-vlan — set PVLAN mode of the selected port. show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. Syntax show arp retries Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 749
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 750
Name/address lookup uses Name servers are not set Host Flags TTL -------- -------ks (perm, OK) 4200-1 (perm, OK) 1230-3 (perm, OK) ZZr (perm, OK) Z10-3 (perm, OK) DellEMC# Related Commands • • static mappings Type ---IP IP IP IP IP Address ------2.2.2.2 192.68.69.2 192.68.99.2 192.71.18.2 192.71.23.1 traceroute — view the DNS resolution. ip host — configure a host. show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for a port-pipe of a stack-unit on a S-Series or Z-Series switch.
PAGE 751
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for up to seven stack members. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 752
DellEMC# 00:01:00:00:00:02 Te 1/1/1/1 1000 show ip fib stack-unit View all Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entries of a specific stack-unit. Syntax show ip fib stack-unit stack-unit-number vrf vrf-name [ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | summary] Parameters stack-unit-number Enter the stack unit ID. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view FIB entries corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 753
Field Description Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths.
PAGE 754
destination-ip address Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format. protocol number [tcp | udp] Enter the keyword protocol then one of the protocol type keywords: tcp, udp, or protocol number The protocol number range is from 0 to 255. . src-port number Enter the keywords src-port then the source port number. destination-port Enter the keywords destination-port then the destination port number.
PAGE 755
show ip interface View IP-related information on all interfaces. Syntax Parameters show ip interface [interface | brief] [configured] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 756
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Supported on the E-Series E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 757
Fields Description IP-Address Displays the IP address for the interface, if configured. Ok? Indicates if the hardware is functioning properly. Method Displays “Manual” if the configuration is read from the saved configuration. Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
PAGE 758
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface.
PAGE 759
Example DellEMC# show ipv6 IPv6 Destination ---------------2001:34::0/64 2001:68::0/64 DellEMC# management-route Gateway ------ManagementEthernet 1/1 2001:34::16 State ----Connected Active show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. Syntax show ip protocols Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 760
Filter-list in : foo Route-map in : foo Weight : 0 Address : 5::6 Weight : 0 DellEMC# show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. Syntax show ip route [vrf vrf-name] hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the VRF name to list the routes in the route table of a specific VRF.
PAGE 761
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.
PAGE 762
Example Field Description Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 763
O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, > - non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Change --------------------------S 1.1.1.0/24 4.4.4.2, via Te 1/1/4/1 , weight 100 6.6.6.2, via Te 1/1/6/1, weight 200 C 4.4.4.0/24 Direct, Te 1/1/4/1 C 6.6.6.
PAGE 764
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 765
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 766
show ip traffic View IP, ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP traffic statistics. Syntax show ip traffic [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] NOTE: These options are supported only on the E-Series. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view statistics from all processors. If you do not enter a keyword, you also view all statistics from all processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view only statistics from the Control Processor.
PAGE 767
Keyword Definition • • route not found for unicast/multicast; ingress interfaces do not belong to the destination multicast group destination IP address belongs to reserved prefixes; the host/network is unreachable bad options... Unrecognized IP option on a received packet. Frags: IP fragments received. ... reassembled Number of IP fragments that were reassembled. ... timeouts Number of times a timer expired on a reassembled queue. ... too big Number of invalid IP fragments received. ...
PAGE 768
Sent: 0 total, 0 forwarded broadcasts TCP statistics: Rcvd: 23829 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port Sent: 16048 total ARP statistics: Rcvd: 156 requests, 11 replies Sent: 21 requests, 10 replies (0 proxy) Routing Processor1 IP Traffic: show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. Syntax show tcp statistics {all | cp} Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor.
PAGE 769
Field Description • Example too short 329 packets... Displays the number of packets and bytes received in sequence. 17 dup... Displays the number of duplicate packets and bytes received. 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size.
PAGE 770
14 Connections closed (including 0 dropped, 0 embryonic dropped) 20 Total rxmt timeout, 0 connections dropped in rxmt timeout 0 Keepalive timeout, 0 keepalive probe, 0 Connections dropped in keepalive 770 IPv4 Routing
PAGE 771
23 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell EMC Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell EMC Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, see the IPv6 Addressing section in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 772
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Syntax clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 773
warning-only When the warning-only option is used, a syslog message will be thrown when maximum number of dynamic IPv6 routes reaches the limit. Additional dynamic IPv6 routes will still be allowed. Defaults No limit is set on the maximum number of dynamic IPv6 routes for a VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-VRF CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 774
Current Settings cam-ipv6-max-/65-to-/128-Prefix : 2048 DellEMC(conf)# ipv6 unicast-host-route Enable programming of IPv6 /128 route prefixes in L3 host table. Syntax [no] ipv6 unicast-host-route Defaults Enabled by default. By default, all the IPv6/128 route prefixes are installed only in L3 host table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 775
ipv6 nd dns-server Configures Recursive DNS Server (RDNSS) addresses to be distributed via IPv6 router advertisements to an IPv6 device. Syntax ipv6 nd dns-server {ipv6-RDNSS-address} {lifetime | infinite} To remove the IPv6 RDSS configuration, use no ipv6 nd dns-server {ipv6-RDNSS-address} {lifetime | infinite} Parameters ipv6-RDNSSaddress Enter the IPv6 Recursive DNS Server’s (RDNSS) address. You can specify up to 4 IPv6 RDNSS server addresses. lifetime Enter the lifetime in seconds.
PAGE 776
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. Legacy version Introduced on the S series and Z series. ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route.
PAGE 777
tag value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a tag value number. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route is not to be removed, even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. NOTE: If you disable the interface with an IPv6 address associated with the keyword permanent, the route disappears from the routing table. weight weight- Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value. The range is from 0 to 255.
PAGE 778
A route is considered for weighted ECMP calculations only if each paths corresponding to that route is configured with a weight.
PAGE 779
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 780
N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Dist/Metric, Gateway, Last Change ----------------------------------------------------C 100::/64 [0/0] Direct, Te 1/1/2/1, 20:00:18 C 400::/64 [0/0] Direct, Tu 1, 00:09:02 S 800::/64 [1/0] via 100::1, Te 1/1/2/1, 00:00:50 L fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 20:00:18 DellEMC# Example (Su
PAGE 781
24 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see cam-acl. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 782
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Related Commands • cam-acl — configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. show cam-acl Show space allocated for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 783
-- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -Current L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : Settings(in block sizes) 2 2 4 2 3 DellEMC# Related Commands • cam-acl — configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
PAGE 784
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Added the monitor option.
PAGE 785
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 786
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 787
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.
PAGE 788
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 789
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 790
25 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing through both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered as an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains called areas. Intermediate systems send, receive, and forward packets to other routers within their area (Level 1 and Level 1-2 devices).
PAGE 791
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
PAGE 792
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default.
PAGE 793
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot disable leaking from Level 1 to Level 2. Also, you cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1. However, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list.
PAGE 794
Usage Information To prevent the link state database from receiving incorrect routing information from unauthorized routers, use the area-password command on routers within an area. The configured password injects into Level 1 LSPs, CSNPs, and PSNPs. Related Commands • • domain-password — set the authentication password for a routing domain. isis password — configure an authentication password for an interface.
PAGE 795
database Clears IS-IS LSP database information. traffic Clears IS-IS counters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 796
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command. Related Commands • hostname dynamic — enable dynamic learning of host names from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the host names in LSPs. debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations.
PAGE 797
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debug information on IS-IS for an adjacency tied to that VRF. This command displays the IIH related debug details. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type and the interface information: • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 798
• • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 799
• • • • • • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information.
PAGE 800
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 801
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.
PAGE 802
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain.
PAGE 803
Related Commands Version Description pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. • router isis — enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability.
PAGE 804
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 805
distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates. Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [connected | bgp as number | ospf processid | rip | static] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 806
distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network. Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in To return to the default, use the no distribute-list redistributed-override in command. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 807
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 808
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network.
PAGE 809
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 810
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 811
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command.
PAGE 812
Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. The restarting router gets the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so only when you have configured graceful-restart t3 adjacency. Related Commands • graceful-restart restart-wait — enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up.
PAGE 813
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 814
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information IS-IS normally purges LSPs with an incorrect data link checksum causing the LSP source to regenerate the message. A cycle of purging and regenerating LSPs can occur when a network link continues to deliver accurate LSPs even though there is a link causing data corruption.
PAGE 815
Related Commands • • net — configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. router isis — enable the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process. Syntax ipv6 router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters tag Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History s (OPTIONAL) This parameter is a unique name for a routing process.
PAGE 816
Parameters level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors. You cannot form Level 2 adjacencies on this interface. level-1-2 You can form a Level 1 and Level 2 adjacencies when the neighbor is also configured as Level-1-2 and there is at least one common area, if not, a Level 2 adjacency is established. This setting is the default.
PAGE 817
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 818
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval. To conserve bandwidth and CPU usage, use a high hello interval seconds.
PAGE 819
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The holdtime (the product of the hello-multiplier multiplied by the hello-interval) determines how long a neighbor waits for a hello packet before declaring the neighbor is down so routes can be recalculated. Related Commands • isis hello-interval — specify the length of time between hello packets.
PAGE 820
To return to the default values, use the no ipv6 isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 10.
PAGE 821
wide' should be configured on level-1-2, or it will be capped at 63. If the metric style is WIDE, the metric values that are greater than 63 are only effective. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to configure the shortest path first (SPF) calculation for Level 1 (intra-area) routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to configure the SPF calculation for Level 2 (inter-area) routing.
PAGE 822
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface.
PAGE 823
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To protect your network from unauthorized access, use this command to prevent unauthorized routers from forming adjacencies. You can assign different passwords for different routing levels by using the keywords level-1 and level-2. The no form of this command disables the password for Level 1 or Level 2 routing, using the respective keywords level-1 or level-2.
PAGE 824
Setting the priority to 0 lowers the chance of this system becoming the DIS, but does not prevent it. If all the routers have priority 0, one with highest MAC address becomes DIS even though its priority is 0. is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router.
PAGE 825
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 826
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement.
PAGE 827
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. Usage Information The link MTU and the LSP MTU size must be the same.
PAGE 828
Usage Information The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command. A low value reduces the amount of time that undetected link state database corruption can persist at the cost of increased link utilization. A higher value reduces the link utilization the flooding of refreshed packets causes.
PAGE 829
Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsprefresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200. Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 830
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 831
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell EMC Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs.
PAGE 832
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address.
PAGE 833
• • • • • • • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information.
PAGE 834
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Assign a value to the redistributed route. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. Use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol. metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. Specify one of the following: level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 1 routes.
PAGE 835
LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute command is advertised. Related Commands • • default-information originate — generate a default route for the IS-IS domain. distribute-list out — suppress networks from being advertised in updates. This command filters redistributed routing information. redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process.
PAGE 836
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command. You can “set” more advanced options using route maps.
PAGE 837
If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported. Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 838
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 839
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 840
net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 ! address-family ipv6 unicast maximum-paths 16 multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family Example (AddressFamily_IPv6) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode.
PAGE 841
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added supported for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show isis database command shown in the following example.
PAGE 842
LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 ! DellEMC# show isis database detail ISIS.00-00 IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002B 0x853B 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.
PAGE 843
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 844
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 845
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 846
interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information.
PAGE 847
Example The bold sections below identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. This command displays only one IP address per line. DellEMC# show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 1/1/7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! DellEMC#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 1/1/7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.
PAGE 848
Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Interfaces supported by IS-IS: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1/1 - IP - IPv6 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/2/1 - IP - IPv6 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/3/1 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2 Accept narrow metrics: level-1-2 Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode.
PAGE 849
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show isis traffic command shown in the following example. Item Description Level-1/Level-2 Displays the number of Hello packets sent and received.
PAGE 850
spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command. Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1 to apply the configuration to Level-1 SPF calculations.
PAGE 851
not functioning as expected. If network topology is unstable, throttling slows down the scheduling of route calculations until the topology regains its stability. The first route calculation is controlled by the initial wait interval and the second calculation is controlled by the second wait interval. Each subsequent wait interval is twice as long as the previous one until the wait interval reaches the maximum wait time specified (interval seconds).
PAGE 852
26 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell EMC Networking OS commands.
PAGE 853
To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.
PAGE 854
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization.
PAGE 855
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port.
PAGE 856
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information You can configure up to 16 target TCP ports on the switch in one command or multiple commands.
PAGE 857
show iscsi session Display information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. Syntax show iscsi session Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 858
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 859
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. • • • show iscsi — display the currently configured iSCSI settings. show iscsi session — display detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. show iscsi session detailed — display detailed information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch.
PAGE 860
27 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This section contains commands for Dell EMC Networks’ implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell EMC Networking OS. NOTE: For static LAG commands based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications, see Port Channel Commands .
PAGE 861
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show lacp — display the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command.
PAGE 862
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 863
Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. Related Commands • show lacp — display the LACP configuration. lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority.
PAGE 864
Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 865
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • • show lacp — display the LACP information. show interfaces port-channel — display information on configured Port Channel groups. show lacp Display the LACP matrix.
PAGE 866
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (PortChannel-Number) DellEMC# show lacp 1 Port-channel 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp Actor System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b Partner System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 867
28 Layer 2 MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table. Syntax Parameters mac-address-table aging-time seconds seconds Enter either zero (0) or a number as the number of seconds before MAC addresses are relearned. To disable aging of the MAC address table, enter 0. The range is from 10 to 1000000. The default is 1800 seconds.
PAGE 868
mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table. Syntax mac-address-table aging-time seconds Parameters seconds Enter either zero (0) or a number as the number of seconds before MAC addresses are relearned. To disable aging of the MAC address table, enter 0. The range is from 10 to 1000000. The default is 1800 seconds. Defaults 1800 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 869
multicast Enter a vlan port to where L2 multicast MAC traffic is forwarded. NOTE: Use this option if you want multicast functionality in an L2 VLAN without IGMP protocols.
PAGE 870
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Unicast) mac-address-table static 00:01:00:00:00:01 {output Te 1/1/2/1 vlan 2} Example (Multicast) mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/1/2/1, Te 1/1/3/1} Related Commands • show mac-address-table — display the MAC address table.
PAGE 871
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults mac learning-limit address_limit [vlan vlan-id] [station-move-violation [dynamic]] [dynamic [no-station-move| station-move]] address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is from 1 to 1000000. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 872
With the keyword no-station-move option, MAC addresses learned through this feature on the selected interface persist on a per-VLAN basis, even if received on another interface. Enabling or disabling this option has no effect on already learned MAC addresses. After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter.
PAGE 873
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands • show mac learning-limit — display details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port.
PAGE 874
mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation. Syntax mac learning-limit station-move-violation {log | shutdown-both | shutdownoffending | shutdown-original} To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-move-violation command, then the configured keyword. Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation.
PAGE 875
mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 876
When you disable the port security, all the interface level configurations are reset. Also, all dynamically learnt MAC addresses on the interfaces configured with MAC address learning limit are cleared. show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table.
PAGE 877
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Updated the output. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 878
Line Beginning Description With Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses. Total MAC... Lists the total number of MAC addresses the switch uses. Example (Count) Related Commands DellEMC# show mac-address-table count MAC Entries for all vlans : Dynamic Address Count : Static Address (User-defined) Count : Sticky Address Count : Total Synced Mac from Peer(N): Total MAC Addresses in Use: DellEMC# • 110 0 0 100 110 show mac-address-table aging-time — display MAC aging time.
PAGE 879
Example DellEMC# show mac-address-table aging-time Mac-address-table aging time : 1800 DellEMC# Related Commands • show mac-address-table — display the current MAC address configuration. show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. Syntax Parameters show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface interface] violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status.
PAGE 880
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the violate-action and detail options. 6.5.1.0 Added support for Port Channel. Example Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing.
PAGE 881
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlan-id 1). The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Related Commands • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. description Add a description about the selected VLAN.
PAGE 882
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 883
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command. Related Commands • • interface vlan — configure a VLAN.
PAGE 884
no shutdown DellEMC(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. Syntax show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • • • • • VLAN ID VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) Spanning Tree Group ID MAC address aging time IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id then a number from 1 to 4094. Only information on the VLAN specified is displayed.
PAGE 885
Column Heading Description (Column 1 — no heading) • • • • • • NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs. Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs. Q • • • • • • • • • • • • • Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 886
7 Active T Po20(Te 1/1/6/1) P 100 Active T Po1(Te 1/1/1/1) C 101 Inactive T Te 1/1/3/1 I 102 Inactive T Te 1/1/4/1 DellEMC# Example (VLAN ID) T Te 1/1/7/1 U Te 1/1/5/1 T Te 1/1/2/1 DellEMC# show vlan id 40 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 40 Status Description Q Ports Active M Te 1/1/4/1 DellEMC# show vlan id 41 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untag
PAGE 887
O O Related Commands • • 8 12 Inactive Inactive O Te 1/1/1/1 vlan-stack compatible — enable the Stackable VLAN feature on the selected VLAN. interface vlan — configure a VLAN. tagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. Syntax tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use the no tagged interface command.
PAGE 888
Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the no tagged command, the interface is automatically placed in the Default VLAN as an untagged interface unless the interface is a member of another VLAN. If the interface belongs to several VLANs, remove it from all VLANs to change it to an untagged interface. Tagged interfaces can belong to multiple VLANs, while untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN at a time.
PAGE 889
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 890
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 891
• • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 892
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 893
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information FEFD disable command on the interface prevents the interface from running FEFD when FEFD is enabled globally. Related Commands • • fefd reset — clear an interface in Err-disabled state. It doesn’t work until the interface is in err-disabled state. fefd mode — change FEFD mode on an interface.
PAGE 894
fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
PAGE 895
• • • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 896
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command.
PAGE 897
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds.
PAGE 898
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number.
PAGE 899
29 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell EMC Networking operating software implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
PAGE 900
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • protocol lldp (Configuration) — enable LLDP globally.
PAGE 901
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise interface-port-desc Advertise port descriptor. Syntax advertise interface-port-desc {description | port-id} To remove the advertised port descriptor, use the no advertise interface—port—desc {description | port-id} command. Parameters description Enter the keyword description then the interface description. port-id Enter the keyword port-id then the port-id. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 902
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 903
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
PAGE 904
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.13.0.0 Enhanced to display organizational specific unrecognized LLDP TLVs. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 905
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 906
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mode To receive or transmit, set LLDP. Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode command.
PAGE 907
Related Commands • • protocol lldp (Configuration) — enable LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. multiplier Set the multiple of the hello timer before LLDP declares the interface dead. Syntax multiplier number To return to the default, use the no multiplier command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10.
PAGE 908
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 909
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol.
PAGE 910
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 911
Total Frames In: 8 Total Neighbor information Age outs: 0 Total Multiple Neighbors Detected: 0 Total Frames Discarded: 0 Total In Error Frames: 0 Total Unrecognized TLVs: 1056 Total TLVs Discarded: 0 Next packet will be sent after 16 seconds The neighbors are given below: ----------------------------------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 4c:76:25:f4:ab:01 Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: fortyGigE 1/2/8/1 Local Port ID:
PAGE 912
Information valid for next 201 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:01:39 UnknownTLVList: OrgUnknownTLVList: ((00-01-66),127, 4) ((00-01-66),126, 4) ((00-01-66),125, 4) ((00-01-66),124, ((00-01-66),123, 4) ((00-01-66),122, 4) ((00-01-66),121, 4) ((00-01-66),120, 4) ((00-01-66),119, ((00-01-66),118, 4) --------------------------------------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 4c:76:25:f4:ab:03 Remote Port Subtype: Interfa
PAGE 913
Total number of Table Age Outs: 0 Total number of suppressed Traps: 2 DellEMC# snmp-notification-interval Used to configure the value for the lldp notification interval, to throttle lldp notification messages. Syntax [no] snmp-notification-interval [seconds] To disable this feature, use the no snmp-notification-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a value from 5 to 3600 seconds. Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 914
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged, the Layer 2 priority, and then the DSCP value. number Defaults Unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 915
Defaults Unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 916
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 917
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Advertise the Extended Power via MDI on all ports that are connected to an 802.3af powered, LLDP-MED endpoint device. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 918
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering.
PAGE 919
advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system. Syntax advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 920
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged, the Layer 2 priority, and then the DSCP value. number Defaults Unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 921
Defaults Unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 922
Related Commands 922 Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 923
30 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network load balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 924
Usage Information For multicast mode of NLB, to associate an IP address with a multicast MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP) by entering the arp ip-address multicast-mac-address command in Global configuration mode. This setting causes the multicast MAC address to be mapped to the cluster IP address for NLB mode of operation of the switch. Related Commands • • clear arp-cache — clear dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table. show arp — display the ARP table.
PAGE 925
• • vlan vlan-id For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Multicast) Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 926
31 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM sparse-mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell EMC Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the platform.
PAGE 927
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries.
PAGE 928
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Syntax clear ip msdp statistic peer peer-address Parameters peer Enter the keyword peer to clear the MSDP peer entries. peer-address Enter the IP address of the MSDP peer. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 929
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 930
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the list option and removed the prefix-list option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If a list is not specified, all SA messages received from the default peer are accepted. You can enter multiple default peer commands.
PAGE 931
ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 932
• • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 933
connect-source interface Enter the keywords connect-source then one of the interfaces and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information.
PAGE 934
Related Commands • • • ip msdp sa-limit — configure the MSDP SA Limit. clear ip msdp peer — clear the MSDP peer. show ip msdp — display the MSDP information. ip msdp redistribute Filter local PIM SA entries in the SA cache. SAs which the ACL denies time out and are not refreshed. Until they time out, they continue to reside in the MSDP SA cache. Syntax ip msdp redistribute [list acl-name] Parameters list acl-name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs.
PAGE 935
Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering. peer-address Enter the peer address of the MSDP peer in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). access-list name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 936
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 937
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 938
summary Enter the keyword summary to display an MSDP peer summary. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
PAGE 939
show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache. Syntax show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.
PAGE 940
32 Multicast Listener Discovery Protocol The Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) protocol is used by IPv6 routers to discover multicast listeners on a directly attached link. Similar to the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), which handles multicast group memberships in IPv4 networks, MLD is used for multicast management on IPv6 networks.
PAGE 941
Version Description 9.11(3.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. debug ipv6 mld Enable debugging on IPv6 MLD packets. Syntax debug ipv6 mld [vrf vrf-name] {group-address | interface} To turn off debugging, use the no debug ipv6 mld {group-address | interface} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
PAGE 942
Version Description 9.11(3.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval Change the MAX Response Time inserted into the Group-Specific Queries sent in response to a Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between Group-Specific Query messages.
PAGE 943
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(3.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010. ipv6 mld version Configure the MLD version on the system.
PAGE 944
• • detail For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port/subport information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. View detailed group information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.11(3.
PAGE 945
MLD MLD MLD MLD MLD MLD MLD MLD query interval is 60 seconds querier timeout is 0 seconds max query response time is 10 seconds last member query response interval is 1000 ms immediate-leave is disabled activity: 40 joins querying router is fe80::211:33ff:fe44:7788 version is 1 MLD Snooping MLD snooping allows the switch to examine the MLD packets and forwards the decision based on their content.
PAGE 946
debug ipv6 mld snooping Enable debugging on IPv6 MLD snooping packets. Syntax debug ipv6 mld {group-address | interface} To turn off debugging, use the no debug ipv6 mld {group-address | interface} command. Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 947
ipv6 mld snooping enable Enable MLD snooping on the switch globally. Syntax ipv6 mld snooping enable To disable MLD snooping, use the no ipv6 mld snooping enable command. Defaults Enabled on all VLAN interfaces. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 948
• • • • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Defaults None. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 949
• • detail Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the slot/port/subport information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. View detailed group information. EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 950
Example DellEMC# show ipv6 mld snooping interface vlan 100 Vlan 100 is up, line protocol is up Interface address is fe80::211:33ff:fe44:7788/64 MLD protocol processing disabled Current MLD snooping version is 1 MLD snooping is enabled on this interface MLD snooping querier is disabled and is currently inactive MLD snooping last member query response interval is 1000 ms MLD snooping explicit tracking is disabled show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter Display information on the MLD snooping router.
PAGE 951
33 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell EMC Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 952
• events For Transmit, enter the keyword out. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug MSTP events. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
PAGE 953
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 954
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. • • max-age — change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — change the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
PAGE 955
Related Commands • • forward-delay — amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age — change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 956
To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP instance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority Enter the keywords bridge-priority then a value in increments of 4096 as the bridge priority. The range is from zero (0) to 61440.
PAGE 957
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 958
Example DELLEMC(conf)#protocol spanning-tree pvst DELLEMC(conf-pvst)#port-channel path-cost custom protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 959
To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 960
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 961
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol prior to using this command.
PAGE 962
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display the port error disable state (EDS) loopback BPDU inconsistency causes. Usage Information Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol prior to using this command. Example DellEMC# show spanning-tree msti 10 MSTI 10 VLANs mapped 101-105 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e802.
PAGE 963
DellEMC# show spanning-tree msti 0 MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Root Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 We are the root of MSTI 0 (CIST) Current root has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 CIST regional root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 964
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 965
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 966
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced Usage Information By default, Dell EMC Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 967
34 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 968
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • show ip pim tib — show the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 969
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 970
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This feature allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. This number is the total of all the multicast entries on all line cards in the system. On each line card, the multicast module only installs the maximum number of entries, depending on the configured CAM profile. To store multicast routes, use the IN-L3-McastFib CAM partition.
PAGE 971
Related Commands • ip pim sparse-mode — enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. mtrace Trace a multicast route from the source to the receiver. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History mtrace [vrf vrf-name] {source-address/hostname} [destination-address/hostname] [group-address/hostname] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. If VRF name is not mentioned, the default VRF will be used. Mtrace is not supported for management VRF.
PAGE 972
The mtrace command traverses the path of the response data block in the reverse direction of the multicast data traffic. The mtrace command traverses the reverse path to the source from the destination. As a result, the tabular output of the mtrace command displays the destination details in the first row, followed by the RPF router details along the path in the consequent rows, and finally the source details in the last row.
PAGE 973
0 1/3/3/1, 0 1/3/3/1, 224.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 1000 1 Te 1/3/1/1, Te 224.1.1.1 165.13.34.5 2000 2 Te 1/3/5/1, Te show ip mroute View the multicast routing table. Syntax Parameters show ip mroute [vrf vrf-name] [static | group-address [source-address] | count | snooping [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] | summary | vlt [group-address [source-address] | count] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF.
PAGE 974
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword vlt to the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.4.1.1 Support for the keyword snooping and the optional vlan vlan-id, groupaddress, and source-address parameters were added on E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 975
Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table. Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) information towards the source for (S,G) entries and the RP for (*,G) entries.
PAGE 976
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources. If a PIMregistered multicast source is reachable using static mroute as well as unicast route, the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reach-ability.
PAGE 977
To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ipv6 multicast-routing [vrf vrf-name] command. Defaults Parameters Disabled. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable IP multicast forwarding on that VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. 9.11.3.
PAGE 978
(*, ff0e:225:0:1::1), uptime 18:01:56 Incoming interface: Null Outgoing interface list: Vlan 401 Vlan 1001 (2001:120:3:1::11, ff0e:225:0:1::1), uptime 18:02:03 Incoming interface: Vlan 401 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 1001 (2001:130:3:1::11, ff0e:225:0:1::1), uptime 18:01:17 Incoming interface: Vlan 1001 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 401 (2001:140:3:1::11, ff0e:225:0:1::1), uptime 18:01:13 Incoming interface: Vlan 1001 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 401 Dell# show ipv6 multicast-cam Display the content add
PAGE 979
show ipv6 rpf View reverse path forwarding. Syntax show ipv6 rpf Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the C9000, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON.
PAGE 980
35 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 981
ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format to remove a specific IPv6 neighbor. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface To remove all neighbor entries learned on a specific interface, enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information of the interface: • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 982
• • • • count value For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information.
PAGE 983
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. • • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
PAGE 984
Parameters policy policy-name Enter the keyword policy then the policy name. The policy-name allows a maximum of 140 characters. vlan [vlan 1, vlan 2, Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN range. The VLAN range is from 1 to 4094. vlan 3........] Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 985
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ipv6 nd ra–guard policy Define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. Syntax Parameters ipv6 nd ra-guard policy policy-name policy policy-name Enter the keyword policy then the policy-name. The policy name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 986
• • • • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 987
Use the ipv6 neighbor command to manually configure the IPv6 address of a neighbor to be discovered by the switch. managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the managed-config flag value as OFF.
PAGE 988
Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 989
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
PAGE 990
other–config–flag Enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax other-config-flag {on | off} To reset the other configuration parameter, use the no other-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters on Enter the keyword on to set the other-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the other-config flag value as OFF.
PAGE 991
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches.
PAGE 992
router–lifetime Set the router lifetime. Syntax router—lifetime value Parameters value Enter the router lifetime in seconds. The range is from 0 to 9,000 seconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.10(0.
PAGE 993
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9000 switches. • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands.
PAGE 994
• • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port. hop-limit — enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. mtu — set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value. other-config-flag — enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter. reachable-time — set the advertised reachability time.
PAGE 995
show ipv6 neighbors Display IPv6 discovery information. Entering the command without options shows all IPv6 neighbor addresses stored on the control processor (CP). Syntax Parameters show ipv6 neighbors [vrf vrf-name] [ipv6-address| interface interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display the neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 996
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Example DellEMC# show ipv6 neighbors IPv6 Address Expires(min) Hardware Address State Interface VLAN CPU -------------------------------------------------------------------100::1 0.03 00:00:00:00:00:22 DELAY Te 1/1/1/1 - CP fe80::200:ff:fe00:22 232 00:00:00:00:00:22 STALE Te 1/1/2/1 - CP 500::1 0.60 00:01:e8:17:5c:af REACH Te 1/1/3/1 - CP fe80::200:ff:fe00:17 232 00:00:00:00:00:29 REACH Te 1/1/4/1 - CP 900::1 0.
PAGE 997
36 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell EMC Networking platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 998
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Example delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients. Syntax delay {[up seconds] [down seconds]} To return to the default setting, use the no delay command.
PAGE 999
description Enter a description of a tracked object. Syntax description {text} To remove the description, use the no description {text} command. Parameters text Enter a description to identify a tracked object (80 characters maximum). Defaults None Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1000
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Example DellEMC# show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.0/8 reachability track 2 ipv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold delay down 3 delay up 5 threshold metric up 200 track 3 ipv6 route 2050::/64 reachability track 4 interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/2/1 ip routing track 5 ip route 192.168.0.
PAGE 1001
vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) E-Series only: Display information on only the tracked objects that are members of the specified VRF instance. The maximum is 32 characters. If you do not enter a VRF name, information on the tracked objects from all VRFs displays. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1002
Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:16 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Usage Information The following describes the show track brief command shown in the Example below. Output Description ResID Number of the tracked object. Resource Type of tracked object. Parameter Detailed description of the tracked object. State Up or Down state of the tracked object.
PAGE 1003
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to configure the UP and/or DOWN threshold for the scaled metric of a tracked IPv4 or IPv6 route. Determine the UP/DOWN state of a tracked route by the threshold for the current value of the route metric in the routing table.
PAGE 1004
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1005
• • • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1006
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the UP and/or DOWN threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 1007
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1008
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To disable the attempt to track the reachability of next-hop after the configured refresh interval, set the refresh interval as 0.
PAGE 1009
The UP/DOWN state of a tracked IPv4 route is determined by a user-configurable threshold (the threshold metric command) for the route’s metric in the routing table. To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible.
PAGE 1010
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The following describes the show track ipv6 route command shown in the Example below. Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object. Interface type Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is slot/port, IP route being tracked.
PAGE 1011
• • • track interface ipv6 routing – configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. track ipv6 route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv6 route metric. track ipv6 route reachability – configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv6 route. track interface ipv6 routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1012
Related Commands • • show track ipv6 route – display information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. track interface ip routing – configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. track ipv6 route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 1013
Related Commands • • • show track ipv6 route – display information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. threshold metric – configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route. track resolution ipv6 route – configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv6 route metric. track ipv6 route reachability Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv6 route.
PAGE 1014
track resolution ipv6 route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv6 route metric. Syntax track resolution ipv6 route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Use the range to 1 to 500. isis resolution- value Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric.
PAGE 1015
37 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an interior gateway protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
PAGE 1016
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1017
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1018
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1019
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure all routers and access servers within a stub, use this command. Related Commands • router ospf — enter ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance.
PAGE 1020
Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables. Syntax clear ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] [process] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear all OSPF routing tables corresponding to that VRF. process (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword process to reset the OSPF process.
PAGE 1021
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear all OSPF routing tables corresponding to that VRF. statistics Enter the keyword statistics to clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
PAGE 1022
debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process. Syntax debug ip ospf [process-id] [vrf vrf-name] [bfd |event | packet | spf | database-timer rate-limit] To cancel the debug command, use the no debug ip ospf command. Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1023
Field Description OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. Dell EMC Networking OS supports version 2 only. t: Displays the type of packet sent: • • • • • l: Displays the packet length. rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
PAGE 1024
netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.0 default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure Dell EMC Networking Operating System (OS). Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [metric-type typevalue] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command.
PAGE 1025
default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1026
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1027
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
PAGE 1028
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command.
PAGE 1029
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1030
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
PAGE 1031
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on all platforms. Usage Information The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. NOTE: The faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates. This behavior impacts CPU utilization and may impact adjacency stability in larger topologies. Generally, convergence level 1 meets most convergence requirements.
PAGE 1032
When you enable flood-2328, this command configures Dell EMC Networking OS to flood LSAs on all interfaces. graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart.
PAGE 1033
graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1034
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 1035
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Added Restart and Helper roles support on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1036
ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. Syntax ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1037
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1038
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
PAGE 1039
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands • ip ospf dead-interval — set the time interval before a router is declared dead.
PAGE 1040
Usage Information You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused. To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled. Dell EMC Networking OS sends two packets: the first packet authenticated with the old key and the second packet authenticated with the new key.
PAGE 1041
Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keywords point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-topoint network. Defaults Broadcast. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1042
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1043
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions.
PAGE 1044
log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set Dell EMC Networking OS. Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1045
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1046
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. Usage Information This command is either enabled or disabled. If no OSPF process is identified as the MIB manager, the first OSPF process is used. If an OSPF process has been selected, it must be disabled prior to assigning new process ID the MIB responsibility. network area Define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF area for those interfaces.
PAGE 1047
Usage Information To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0. passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface.
PAGE 1048
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the keyword default. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in OSPF updates sent using other interfaces. The default keyword sets all interfaces as passive.
PAGE 1049
rip Enter the keyword rip to specify that RIP routing information is redistributed. static Enter the keyword static to specify that information from static routes is redistributed. metric metric- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number. The range is from 0 (zero) to 16777214.
PAGE 1050
redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance. Syntax redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] | [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1051
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 1052
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. Defaults None. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1053
router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To clear an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf name (Optional) Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are then tied to the VRF instance. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1054
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 1055
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1056
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] asbr Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1057
1.1.1.1 DellEMC# E/-/-/ 0 0.0.0.0 - 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1058
Field Description Age Displays the link state age. Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router. Example DellEMC> show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.
PAGE 1059
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1060
Example DellEMC# show ip ospf 100 database asbr-summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000000f Checksum: 0x8221 Length: 28 Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1061
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1062
Example DellEMC# show ip ospf 1 database external OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.5) (Process ID 1) Type-5 AS External LS age: 612 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 12.12.12.2 Advertising Router: 20.31.3.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4cde Length: 36 Network Mask: /32 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 25 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 43 LS age: 1868 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.
PAGE 1063
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1064
LS age: 1372 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 202.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000006 Checksum: 0xa35 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 20.20.20.8 Attached Router: 20.20.20.9 Attached Router: 20.20.20.7 Network (Area 0.0.0.1) LS age: 252 Options: (TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 192.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 192.10.10.
PAGE 1065
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1066
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1067
Link State ID: 1.0.0.1 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000416 Checksum: 0x376 Length: 28 Opaque Type: 1 Opaque ID: 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age: 833 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.2 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000002 Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information.
PAGE 1068
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information.
PAGE 1069
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information.
PAGE 1070
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.20 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1071
LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.
PAGE 1072
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1073
Item Description TOS Displays the TOS options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metrics. Example DellEMC# show ip ospf 100 database summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1551 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.
PAGE 1074
• • • • • • • • For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information.
PAGE 1075
Example Item Description Process ID... This line displays the OSPF Process ID, Router ID, Network type and cost metric for this interface. Transmit Delay... This line displays the interface’s settings for Transmit Delay, State, and Priority. In the State setting, BDR is Backup Designated Router. Designated Router... This line displays the ID of the Designated Router and its interface address. Backup Designated... This line displays the ID of the Backup Designated Router and its interface address.
PAGE 1076
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1077
show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] routes process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show the OSPF RIB information corresponding to the OSPF processes that are tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1078
routes in the output is displayed as an external metric, whereas until Dell EMC Networking OS Version 9.3(0.0), the number of hops to the ASBR for E2 routes are displayed in the output. Example DellEMC# show ip ospf 100 route Prefix Cost Nexthop 1.1.1.1 1 0.0.0.0 3.3.3.3 2 13.0.0.3 13.0.0.0 1 0.0.0.0 150.150.150.0 2 13.0.0.3 172.30.1.0 2 13.0.0.
PAGE 1079
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1080
Error Type Description Wrong_Len The received packet length is different to what was indicated in the OSPF header. Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer. Nbr-State LSA, LSR, and LSU are received from a neighbor with stats less than the loading state. Auth-Error Simple authentication error.
PAGE 1081
Example (Statistics) DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/3/1)# do show ip ospf statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/3/1 Error packets (Receive statistics) Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr 0 Self-Org 0 Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr 0 Nbr-State 0 Auth-Error 0 MD5-Error 0 Cksum-Err 0 Version 0 AreaMisMatch 0 Conf-Issue 0 SeqNo-Err 0 Unknown-Pkt 0 Bad-LsReq 0 RtidZero 0 Neighbor ID 4.4.4.
PAGE 1082
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example DellEMC# show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 DellEMC# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id] topology Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1083
Example summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize. mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
PAGE 1084
timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. Syntax timers spf delay holdtime msec To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 2147483647. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 2147483647. The default is 10 seconds.
PAGE 1085
router ospf 1 timers spf 2 5 msec DellEMC(conf-router_ospf-1)# end timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals. Syntax timers throttle lsa all {start-interval | hold-interval | max-interval} To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters start-interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA.
PAGE 1086
timers throttle lsa arrival Configure the LSA acceptance intervals. Syntax timers throttle lsa arrival arrival-time To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters arrival-time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly, to allow sufficient time for the system to accept the LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1087
ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. The values are 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted).
PAGE 1088
area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Syntax area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [keyencryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For area-id, enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
PAGE 1089
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and keys) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
PAGE 1090
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1091
clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process. Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 ospf [vrf vrf-name] process vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1092
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced VRF support. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1093
00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: Bfd Msg Type Up for interface Te 1/1/2/1 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 updating NBR state debug ipv6 ospf events Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 events.
PAGE 1094
ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Chksum:af8f, Inst:0, from Te 1/1/6/1 DellEMC# Example (detail) DellEMC# debug ipv6 ospf packet te 0/7 detail 00:37:52 : OSPFv3: Rcv,V:3 Type:4(LSUpd) RId:10,130.254.101 Area:0 Inst:0 Len:96 Cksum:0x6779 #LSA:2 -LSA:ASExt Age:3600 LSId:0.0.0.1 RId:10.130.254.101 Seq:0x80000001 Met:20(E2) Opt:0x10(DN ) Prefix:9001::/64 -LSA:Router Age:1 LSId:0.0.0.0 RId:10.130.254.
PAGE 1095
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. detail Enter the keyword detail to view detailed debugging information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Example (detail) Version Description 9.14.1.0 The detailoption is introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.13(0.
PAGE 1096
Command Fields Lines Description Beginning With or Including OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version.. type: Displays the type of packet sent: • • • • • 1 - Hello packet 2 - database description 3 - link state request 4 - link state update 5 - link state acknowledgement Length: Displays the OSPFv3 packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPFv3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the OSPFv3 area ID.
PAGE 1097
Lines Description Beginning With or Including Example OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1098
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1099
Version Description 8.4.2.2 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. To enable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter the ipv6 router ospf command to enter OSPFv3 configuration mode and then configure a grace period using the graceful-restart grace-period command.
PAGE 1100
• • A planned restart occurs when you enter the redundancy force-failover rpm command to force the primary RPM to switch to the backup RPM. During a planned restart, OSPF sends out a Type-11 Grace LSA before the system switches over to the backup RPM. An unplanned restart occurs when an unplanned event causes the active RPM to switch to the backup RPM, such as when an active process crashes, the active RPM is removed, or a power failure happens.
PAGE 1101
ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted).
PAGE 1102
Defaults Default cost based on the bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1103
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times longer than the default hello-interval.
PAGE 1104
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1105
Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor.
PAGE 1106
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1107
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series.
PAGE 1108
Version Description pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-metric router-lsa Configure the maximum cost of 65535 on a new router so that it functions as a stub router in the network and OSPF traffic destined to other networks is not forwarded on a path through the router.
PAGE 1109
Example max-metric router-lsa DellEMC(conf)#router ospf 10 DellEMC(conf-router_ospf)#log-adjacency-changes DellEMC(conf-router_ospf)#network 4.1.1.0/24 area 0 DellEMC(conf-router_ospf)#network 1.1.1.0/24 area 1 DellEMC(conf-router_ospf)#max-metric router-lsa on-startup wait-for-bgp DellEMC(conf-router_ospf)#exit DellEMC(conf)#show ip ospf Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 100.1.1.
PAGE 1110
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1111
metric-type type- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • • 1 for a type 1 external route 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
PAGE 1112
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1113
Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies, including the SPI number, keys, and algorithms used. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor.
PAGE 1114
Field Description Transform set The set of security protocols and algorithms used in the policy. Inbound AH SPI and Outbound AH SPI The authentication header (AH) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Inbound AH Key and Outbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 1115
Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router. Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
PAGE 1116
Field Description inbound/outbound Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. esp spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy. transform Security algorithm that is used to provide authentication, integrity, and confidentiality. in use settings Transform that the SA uses (only transport mode is supported). replay detection support Y: An SA has enabled the replay detection feature. STATUS ACTIVE: The authentication or encryption policy is enabled on the interface.
PAGE 1117
Version Description 9.14.1.0 The support to display detailed information of all the types of LSAs is introduced in S4810 and S4820T. 9.13(0.0) Added support to display all the types of LSAs in detail. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1118
Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 E1200-T2C2#sh ip
PAGE 1119
show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1120
Example DellEMC# show ipv6 ospf 3 interface tengigabitethernet 1/1/2/1 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/2/1 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.1 NetworkType BROADCAST, Cost: 1, Passive: No Transmit Delay is 100 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Interface is using OSPF global mode BFD configuration. Designated router on this network is 11.1.1.
PAGE 1121
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show ipv6 ospf 3 neighbor te 1/1/2/1 Neighbor ID 63.114.8.
PAGE 1122
To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 2147483647. The default is 5 seconds. When configured in milli seconds, 100 is the least value that is allowed to be configured. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 2147483647. The default is 10 seconds. When configured in milli seconds, 200 is the least value that is allowed to be configured.
PAGE 1123
38 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 1124
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip redirect-list – enable an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name test [l2–switch] To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command.
PAGE 1125
NOTE: The l2–switch option that redirects Layer2 traffic is applicable only on VLAN interfaces. The Layer3 routing is not affected on the same interface on which Layer2 PBR is applied. The port from which Layer2 packets egress and the destination MAC are re-written from static ARP. Layer 2 packets with the rewritten destination MAC are forwarded through the outgoing port on the same incoming VLAN interface. The l2switch option ensures that the outgoing VLAN and MAC-SA are changed and TTL is not decremented.
PAGE 1126
• • Parameters If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command. You can also use the no permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] command. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1127
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
PAGE 1128
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for theport command parameter.
PAGE 1129
ip-address Enter the keyword IP address of the forwarding router. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id. ip-protocolnumber Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1130
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1131
Index Flag Port Port MAC Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------00000 5 N/A IP 0x0 0 0 22.22.2.22/32 33.33.3.0/24 00:01:e8:8a:fd:76 0/0 00001 5 N/A 145 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 44.4.4.4/32 00:01:e8:8a:fd:76 Vl 100(0/1) 00002 5 N/A TCP 0x0 0 0 55.1.3.0/24 66.6.6.6/32 00:01:e8:8a:fd:76 Po 128 00003 5 N/A UDP 0x0 0 0 55.1.3.0/24 66.6.6.6/32 00:01:e8:8a:fd:76 Po 128 00004 5 N/A IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.
PAGE 1132
39 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell EMC Networking operating software on the platform. The following describes the IPv4 PIM-SIM commands. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands.
PAGE 1133
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node. Any stale information corresponding to the existing mapping configuration is updated. The existing BSR cache and the *,G's are deleted only if these entries are stale. clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database.
PAGE 1134
debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages. Syntax debug ip pim [vrf vrf-name] [bsr | events | group | packet [in | out] | register | state | timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register]] To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim [vrf vrf-name] command or use the undebug all to disable all debugging command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1135
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface. Syntax ip pim bsr-border To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1136
interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1137
Parameters priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1138
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1139
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1140
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature.
PAGE 1141
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} [override] To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-address address {groupaddress group-address mask} [override] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1142
ip pim rp-candidate Configure a PIM router to send out a Candidate-RP-Advertisement message to the bootstrap (BS) router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-candidate {interface [priority] [acl-name]} To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-candidate {interface [priority]} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
PAGE 1143
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface. Syntax ip pim sparse-mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, use the no ip pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1144
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable expiry timer for all sources on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is from 211 to 65535. access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a previously configured Extended ACL to enable the expiry time to specified S,G entries. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1145
access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1146
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] spt-threshold [infinity] command. Parameters value (OPTIONAL) Enter the traffic value in kilobits per second. The default is 10 packets per second . A value of zero (0) causes a switchover on the first packet. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1147
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1148
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1149
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1150
show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp [mapping | group-address] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group.
PAGE 1151
Example (Address) DellEMC# show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 DellEMC# show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] ssm-range vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1152
show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation. Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] summary Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1153
0 sources 0 Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/0 Register-stop messages sent/received Data path event summary: 0 no-cache messages received 0 last-hop switchover messages received 0/0 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sent/received DellEMC# sho
PAGE 1154
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database.
PAGE 1155
Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse DellEMC# 00:06:21/Never IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv6 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ipv6 pim tib Clear the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base—TIB). Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] tib [group-address] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF.
PAGE 1156
state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view IPv6 PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view IPv6 PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1157
• • For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. hash-mask-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length. The range is from eight (8) to 128. The default is 126. priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is from zero (0) to 255.
PAGE 1158
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010.
PAGE 1159
ipv6 pim rp-candidate Configure an IPv6 PIM router to send out a Candidate-RP-Advertisement message to the bootstrap (BS) router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR. Syntax ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-candidate {interface [priority] [acl-name]} To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-candidate {interface [priority]} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
PAGE 1160
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010.
PAGE 1161
infinity Enter the keyword infinity to have all sources for the specified group use the shared tree and never join shortest path tree (SPT). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11.3.
PAGE 1162
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010.
PAGE 1163
show ipv6 pim rp View all IPv6 multicast groups-to-rendezvous point (RP) mappings. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] rp [mapping | group-address] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learned.
PAGE 1164
RP: 150::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, priority 100 expires: 00:01:50 RP: 200::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, priority 100 expires: 00:01:57 Group(s): ff0e::225:1:1:4/128 RP: 100::1, v2 DellEMC# show ipv6 pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation. Syntax show ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] summary Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF.
PAGE 1165
Dell# 222 no-cache messages received 281 last-hop switchover messages received 26260/2958 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sent/received show ipv6 pim tib View the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base — tib). Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] tib [group-address [source-address]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1166
RPF neighbor: hundredGigE 1/3/1, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: hundredGigE 1/1/1 Dell# Related Commands 1166 clear ipv6 pim tib – clears the IPv6 PIM tree information base (TIB) PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM)
PAGE 1167
40 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1168
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1169
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) in the monitor session mode. Syntax Parameters ip access-group access-list-name access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes MONITOR SESSION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.
PAGE 1170
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500, S6000-ON. show running-config monitor session — displays information about monitor configurations.
PAGE 1171
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Introduced the set ip dscp and set ip ttl parameters. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1172
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, Z9500. • • monitor session — enable a monitoring session. show monitor session — display the monitor session. show config Display the current monitor session configuration. Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1173
To display monitoring information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command. Parameters session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. [access-list] (OPTIONAL) Enter the access-list keyword to display the ACLs applied to monitor sessions. Defaults none Command Modes • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1174
IP DSCP TTL ------ ---------------1 Te 1/1/2/1 0.0.0.0 0 DellEMC# Drop Rate Gre-Protocol FcMonitor ------------- ---- -------------- -------------- --------remote-ip rx Port 0.0.0.0 0 No N/A N/A yes Example (show monitor session access-list) The following is an example output of the show monitor session access-list command.
PAGE 1175
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitoring command is saved in the running configuration at the Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload.
PAGE 1176
• • interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • • • • • • • direction {rx | tx | both} For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1177
Example Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1178
41 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell EMC Networking OS is supported on the platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell EMC Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell EMC Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands.
PAGE 1179
ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1180
Parameters community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN. isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN. primary Enter the keyword primary to configure the VLAN as a primary VLAN. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1181
Parameters vlan-list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN. The list can be in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1182
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 1183
42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell EMC Networking OS implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell EMC Networking OS supports PVST+ on the platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1184
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.1 Introduced. • protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1185
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1186
protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1187
show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
PAGE 1188
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Usage Information The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples. Example (Brief) Field Description Interface Name PVST interface. Instance PVST instance.
PAGE 1189
Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.131, designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU sent 1567, received 0 The port is not in the Edge port mode Port 146 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/3/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.146 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1190
spanning-tree pvst Configure a PVST+ interface with one of these settings: edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port disablement if an error condition occurs, port priority or cost for a VLAN range, loop guard, or root guard.
PAGE 1191
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series, C-Series, and SSeries. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1192
spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1193
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1194
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • • • • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell EMC Networking OS transitions to the Forwarding state.
PAGE 1195
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • • • • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1196
Related Commands • • • • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell EMC Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge.
PAGE 1197
43 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell EMC Networking OS commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell EMC Networking products. Topics: • • • • Global Configuration Commands Per-Port QoS Commands Policy-Based QoS Commands DSCP Color Map Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1198
Usage Information By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
PAGE 1199
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1200
Related Commands • service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map. wred enable Enable weighted random early detection (WRED) globally. Syntax wred enable To disable WRED globally, use the no wred enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.
PAGE 1201
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface.
PAGE 1202
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information NOTE: Per Port rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic.
PAGE 1203
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured.
PAGE 1204
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1205
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.1.9.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1206
end Exit from configuration mode exit Exit from buffer-stats-snapshot configuration mode no Negate a command or set its defaults show Show buffer-stats-snapshot configuration DellEMC(conf-buffer-stats-snapshot)#no disable DellEMC(conf-buffer-stats-snapshot)#show configuration ! buffer-stats-snapshot no disable class-map Create/access a class map. Class maps differentiate traffic so that you can apply separate quality-of-service policies to each class.
PAGE 1207
Version Description 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2. Usage Information Packets arriving at the input interface are checked against the match criteria and configured using this command to determine if the packet belongs to that class. This command accesses CLASS-MAP mode, where the configuration commands include thematch ip and match mac options. When you create a class map to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos .
PAGE 1208
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.18.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics.
PAGE 1209
Related Commands • • • • • policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. qos-policy-input — creates an input QoS-policy on the router. qos-policy-output — creates an output QoS-policy on the router. wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). NOTE: IPv6 class-maps and IP-any class-maps do not match.
PAGE 1210
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series; added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. For class-map match-any, a maximum of five ACL match criteria are allowed.
PAGE 1211
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast ; added the DSCP Marking option support on the SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series; added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1212
Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the seq option for the class-map on all the Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1213
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the seq option for the class-map on all the Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1214
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1215
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps.
PAGE 1216
Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. If the rate shape exists in both aggregate and per-queue qos-policy, minimum of 2 take effect. Some of all Queue-rate will not exceed aggregate. Related Commands • • policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. policy-map-input Create an input policy map.
PAGE 1217
Usage Information The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP. This command enables Policy-Map-Input Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-in). When you configure an input policy map for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos . Related Commands • • service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1218
qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name cpu-qos | layer2 To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policy-input qos-policyname cpu-qos | layer2 command. Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). cpu-qos (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cpu-qos keyword to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only.
PAGE 1219
qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qos-policy-name command. Parameters qos-policy-name Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1220
burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 16 to 200000. The default is 100. peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak then a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. The default is the same as designated for committedrate. Defaults Burst size is 100KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committedrate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option.
PAGE 1221
burst-packets Enter the peak rate or committed rate burst size in packets per seconds. Defaults Burst size is 10KB. Granularity for rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1222
starting sequence number Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 1 to 10. step-to-increment Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 10. sequence number Defaults None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.12(0.
PAGE 1223
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can attach a single policy-map to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified.
PAGE 1224
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified. Related Commands • policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues.
PAGE 1225
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information There are eight queues per interface on the S6000 and four queues on the S-Series. This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. Related Commands • • • class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1226
show qos class-map View the current class map information. Syntax show qos class-map [class-name] Parameters class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the seq option on all the Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. 9.
PAGE 1227
9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. summary interface To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • detail For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1228
Example (IPv4) Version Description 7.4.1.0 E-Series only: Added trust IPv6 diffserv . 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1229
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1230
show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. Syntax show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policyname] Parameters policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy-output Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. qos-policy-name Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1231
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1232
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1233
• • • interface For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/slot/ port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/slot/ port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/ slot/port information.
PAGE 1234
egress—queue with per queue per port tx and drop rates Interface Te 1/4/1/2 Unicast/Multicast Egress Queue Statistics Queue# Q# Type TxPkts TxPkts/s TxBytes TxBytes/s DroppedPkts DroppedPkts/s DroppedBytes DroppedBytes/s -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UCAST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 UCAST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 UCAST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 UCAST 1708252734 2340972 874625399808 1198000301 1357413570 0 694995747840 0 4 UCAST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 1235
Usage Information This command displays the details of total number of packets marked with ECN and the total number of packets that got dropped. The total number of packets includes both the packets marked with ECN and packets not marked with ECN. Use the clear hardware stack-unit stack-unit-ID unit unit-number counters command to clear the ECN packet counters.
PAGE 1236
Example DellEMC# show qos wred-profile Global Wred State: Disabled Wred-profile-name wred_drop wred_teng_y wred_teng_g wred_fortyg_y wred_fortyg_g DellEMC# min-threshold 0 467 467 467 467 max-threshold 0 4671 4671 4671 4671 max-drop-rate 100 100 50 50 25 service-class buffer shared-threshold-weight Create a service class and associate the threshold weight of the shared buffer with each of the queues per port in the egress direction.
PAGE 1237
sharedthresholdweight on the queue % of available shared buffer that can be consumed by the queue 3 3.03% 4 5.88% 5 11.11% 6 20% 7 33.33% 8 50% 9 66.67% 10 80% 11 88.89% Example test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} policy-map Enter the policy map name.
PAGE 1238
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This feature allows you to determine if the CAM has enough space available before applying the configuration on an interface. An input policy map with both Trust and Class-map configuration, the Class-map rules are ignored and only the Trust rule is programmed in the CAM. In such an instance, the Estimated CAM output column contains the size of the CAM space required for the Trust rule and not the Class-map rule.
PAGE 1239
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1240
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added dot1p to the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1241
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the command on all the Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. Usage Information After upgrading to 9.12(0.0), if you want to downgrade to the previous Dell EMC Networking OS version, use the unsequence class-map all command.
PAGE 1242
Usage Information To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command. If there is no honoring enabled on the input, all the traffic defaults to green drop precedence. Related Commands • • wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP. wred ecn To indicate network congestion, rather than dropping packets, use explicit congestion notification (ECN).
PAGE 1243
wred weight Configure the weight factor for computation of average-queue size. This weight value applies to front-end ports. This mechanism to configure a weight for WRED and ECN functionality for front-end ports is supported on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms. Syntax Parameters [no] wred weight number weight Define the weight factor to be used for computation of the WRED average-queue size to either enable WRED to discard packets or cause ECN to mark packets that exceed the minimum threshold configured.
PAGE 1244
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1245
kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the peak rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Specify this value as a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the peak rate limit in packets per second (pps). The range is from 1 to 268000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). peak-rate Define the peak rate, which is the guaranteed or minimum confirmed rate for the packets.
PAGE 1246
service-pool wred A global buffer pool that is a shared buffer pool accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for the queue are consumed can be configured on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms. Create a global buffer pool that is a shared buffer pool accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for the queue are consumed. S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms support four global service-pools in the egress direction.
PAGE 1247
DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red.
PAGE 1248
Related Commands • • qos dscp-color-map — configures the DSCP color map. qos dscp-color-policy— configures a DSCP color policy. qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map. Syntax qos dscp-color-map map-name To remove a color map, use the no qos dscp-color-map map-name command. Parameters map-name Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1249
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIG-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1250
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Example Related Commands • show qos dscp-color-map — displays DSCP color maps. show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. Syntax show qos dscp-color-map map-name Parameters map-name Enter the name of the color map.
PAGE 1251
44 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell EMC Networking OS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The Dell EMC Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, see the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1252
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1253
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command triggers updates of the main RIP routing tables. debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command.
PAGE 1254
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map mapname] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command.
PAGE 1255
Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The default route must be present in the switch routing table for the default-information originate command to take effect. default-metric Change the default metric for routes. To ensure that all redistributed routes use the same metric value, use this command with the redistribute command. Syntax default-metric number To return the default metric to the original values, use the no default-metric command.
PAGE 1256
description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the RIP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1257
Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 1258
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1259
• • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to filter only directly connected routes. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to filter only IS-IS routes. ospf (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf to filter all OSPF routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to filter manually configured routes. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1260
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1261
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command.
PAGE 1262
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands • • ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic. version — sets the RIP version for the switch software.
PAGE 1263
maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1264
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1265
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1266
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1267
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is intended for low-speed interfaces.
PAGE 1268
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1269
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands • default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
PAGE 1270
Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 1271
router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1272
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1273
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1274
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1275
times the update timer value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 180 seconds. flush Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval during which the route is advertised as unreachable. When this interval expires, the route is flushed from the routing table. The flush value should be greater than the update value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 240 seconds.
PAGE 1276
Command History Related Commands 1276 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1277
45 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell EMC Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1278
interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1279
To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON group of statistics. The integer value must be a unique index in the RMON history table.
PAGE 1280
owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.
PAGE 1281
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1282
owner string (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm. This is the alarmOwner object in the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. Defaults owner Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1283
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes.
PAGE 1284
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm.
PAGE 1285
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Index) Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1286
Example (Brief) DellEMC# show rmon event brief index description -----------------------------1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 DellEMC# show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Syntax show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1287
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 2 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.4.2099844 sample interval: 10 sample type: delta value. value: 0, value status: positive alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive.
PAGE 1288
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1289
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry.
PAGE 1290
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1291
46 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell EMC Networking OS implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell EMC Networking OS supports RSTP.
PAGE 1292
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol.
PAGE 1293
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1294
Related Commands Version Description pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. • protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1295
Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1296
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the milli-second option to the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1297
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • • forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state.
PAGE 1298
Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Example Related Commands DellEMC(conf)# protocol spanning-tree rstp DellEMC(config-rstp)# no disable • disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
PAGE 1299
guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1300
Te 1/1/4/4 128.427 128 20000 BLK 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.131 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------- ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---Te 1/1/5/1 Desg 128.418 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Te 1/1/5/2 Desg 128.419 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Te 1/1/5/3 Root 128.426 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Te 1/1/5/4 Altr 128.427 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No DellEMC# Example (EDS, LBK) NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency.
PAGE 1301
• • • • • • • • • 100 Mb/s Ethernet interface = 200000 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 20000 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000 Port Channel interface with one 100 Mb/s Ethernet = 200000 Port Channel interface with one 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 20000 Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 Port Channel with two 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 18000 Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000 edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the
PAGE 1302
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into an Error Disable state if a BPDU appears and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action.
PAGE 1303
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1304
47 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell EMC Networking OS. For configuration details, see the Security section in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Dell EMC Networking OS implements LEAP with MSCHAP v2 supplicant.
PAGE 1305
commands {level | Enter the keyword commands then a privilege level for accounting of commands role role-name} executed at that privilege level or enter the keyword role then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. name | default Enter one of the following: • • For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. For default, the default accounting methods used.
PAGE 1306
Example (TACACS +) DellEMC(conf)# aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ DellEMC(conf)# aaa accounting command 15 default start-stop tacacs+ DellEMC(conf)# aaa accounting command role secaadmin default start-stop tacacs+ Example (RADIUS) Related Commands DellEMC(conf)# aaa accounting dot1x default start-stop radius DellEMC(conf)# aaa accounting dot1x default stop-only radius • • • • enable password — changes the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1307
accounting Apply an accounting method list to terminal lines. Syntax Parameters accounting {exec | commands {level | role role-name} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands {level | Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level role role-name} accounting method list or enter the keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role.
PAGE 1308
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1309
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command steps through all active sessions and then displays the accounting records for the active account functions.
PAGE 1310
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1311
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1312
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands. Use the command no aaa authorization config-commands to enable only EXEC-level command checking.
PAGE 1313
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
PAGE 1314
Usage Information To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command. privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines. Syntax privilege level level To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command. Parameters level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes.
PAGE 1315
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1316
• • • • • ... method2 enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. none: no authentication. radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command. tacacs+: use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command. (OPTIONAL) In the event of a “no response” from the first method, Dell EMC Networking OS applies the next configured method.
PAGE 1317
aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode (Enable log-in). Syntax aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} method [... method4] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} command. Parameters method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines.
PAGE 1318
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the locally configured username password is used. If you configure aaa authentication login default, Dell EMC Networking OS uses the methods this command defines for login instead. Methods configured with the aaa authentication login command are evaluated in the order they are configured.
PAGE 1319
The re-authentication is also applicable for authenticated 802.1x devices. When there is a change in the authentication servers, the supplicants connected to all the ports are forced to re-authenticate. Example DellEMC(config)#aaa reauthenticate enable DellEMC(config)#aaa authentication login vty_auth_list radius Force all logged-in users to re-authenticate (y/n)? DellEMC(config)#radius-server host 192.100.0.
PAGE 1320
enable password Change the password for the enable command. Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1321
“abcd CNTL v ]e”. When the password is created, you do not use the CNTL + v key combination and enter “abcd]e”. NOTE: The question mark (?) is not a supported character. Related Commands • • show running-config — views the current configuration. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. enable restricted Allows Dell EMC Networking technical support to access restricted commands.
PAGE 1322
enable secret Change the password for the enable command. Syntax enable secret [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable secret [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1323
NOTE: The question mark (?) is not a supported character. Related Commands • • show running-config — views the current configuration. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. login authentication To configure authentication for console or remote access, apply an authentication method list. Syntax login authentication {method-list-name | default} To use the local user/password database for login authentication, use the no login authentication command.
PAGE 1324
• • • Related Commands • If you configure the default authentication list using the default keyword, the list applies it to all the local and remote connections globally, unless you have specified some another authentication list for a specific connection. If you configure an authentication lists other than default, you must apply those authentication lists to each connection.
PAGE 1325
Usage Information Dell EMC Networking OS prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line". Related Commands • • • • • • enable password — sets the password for the enable command. login authentication — configures an authentication method to log in to the switch. service password-encryption — encrypts all passwords configured in Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 1326
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 1327
service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in Dell EMC Networking OS. Syntax service password-encryption To store new passwords as clear text, use the no service password-encryption command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1328
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1329
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1330
Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • • • VTY — range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds. Console — range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). AUX — range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1331
encryption-type Enter an encryption type for the password that you enter. • • • • 0 directs the system to store the password as clear text. It is the default encryption type when using the password option. 8 to indicate that a password encrypted using a sha256 hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the sha256-password option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. 7 to indicate that a password encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm follows.
PAGE 1332
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added support for the secret option and the MD5 password encryption. Extended the name from 25 to 63 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To view the defined user names, use the show running-config user command. You can use the dynamic-salt option only under the secret and the password options.
PAGE 1333
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010– ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FM-IOM, and MXL.
PAGE 1334
Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010– ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL. coa-disable-port Configure NAS to reject disable-port requests from DAC. Syntax coa-disable-port To undo this configuration, enter the no coa-disable-port command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 1335
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1336
disconnect-user Configure NAS to allow or reject DM requests corresponding to AAA users-sessions coming from the DAC. Syntax disconnect-user To undo this configuration, enter the no disconnect-user command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1337
• • • • • • • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information. For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1338
Usage Information • Command History Optionally specify dynamic authorization port number. Default port is 3799. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.13(0.
PAGE 1339
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
PAGE 1340
radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host. Syntax radius-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [auth-port portnumber] [acct-port port-number] [retransmit retries] [timeout seconds] [key [encryption-type] key] Parameters hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host.
PAGE 1341
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured, use this command.
PAGE 1342
interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information.
PAGE 1343
DellEMC(conf-radius-group)#radius-server vrf default radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. Syntax radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • • key 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text.
PAGE 1344
radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. Syntax radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, use the no radius-server retransmit command. To return to the default setting, use the radius-server retransmit 3 command. Parameters retries Enter a number of attempts that the Dell OS tries to locate a RADIUS server.
PAGE 1345
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1346
replay-protection-window Configure replay protection window period to drop the duplicate packets. Syntax replay-protection-window minutes To undo the configuration, enter the no replay-protection-window command. Defaults Parameters Command Modes 5 Minutes. minutes • Usage Information • Command History Enter the number of minutes to drop the packets. The range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 1347
. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the TACACS server group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1348
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.
PAGE 1349
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1350
• tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. Syntax tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] Parameters hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host.
PAGE 1351
If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters. If you do not configure a key, the key assigned in the tacacs-server key command is used. You can use duplicate host names or IP addresses among TACACS groups. However, you cannot use duplicate host names or IP addresses within the same TACACS group. If a VRF is not configured on the TACACS group, then servers configured in the group are considered to be on the default VRF.
PAGE 1352
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon.
PAGE 1353
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information You can use this command to associate a group of TACACS servers with a VRF and source interface. You can configure the source interface only with the VRF attribute and source interface is optional with the VRF attributes. If VRF is not configured on the TACACS group, then the group is considered to be on the default VRF.
PAGE 1354
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1355
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enable dot1x globally. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [maxattempts number] command.
PAGE 1356
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
PAGE 1357
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. Usage Information 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch.
PAGE 1358
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command.
PAGE 1359
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1360
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1361
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command.
PAGE 1362
Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON.
PAGE 1363
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs are transmitted by the Authenticator PAE.
PAGE 1364
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Syntax show dot1x interface interface Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1365
Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: DellEMC# Disable NONE Disable NONE NONE Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize DellEMC# show dot1x interface fortyGigE 1/10 802.
PAGE 1366
NOTE: You must have a license to access the FIPS mode. For more information, contact your Dell EMC Networking representative. Defaults Key size 1024; if you enable FIPS mode, the key size is 2048. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Removed support for rsa1 keys from all platforms. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1367
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1368
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection. ip scp topdir Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer. Syntax ip scp topdir directory To return to the default setting, use the no ip scp topdir command.
PAGE 1369
ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. Syntax Parameters ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1370
Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, S6010–ON, S4048T–ON, C9000, and MXL. Usage Information If both the challenge response authentication and password authentication methods are configured, the challenge response authentication takes priority. ip ssh connection-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute.
PAGE 1371
Defaults 1 minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. ip ssh connection-rate-lockout Configure a lockout period until which the SSH connections are blocked, after the SSH connection attempts reach the rate limit.
PAGE 1372
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, clients can log in without a password prompt.
PAGE 1373
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information With password authentication enabled, you can authenticate using the local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured. ip ssh rekey Configures the time rekey-interval or volume rekey-limit threshold at which to re-generate the SSH key during an SSH session.
PAGE 1374
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1375
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1376
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1377
• • mac hmac- algorithm aes192-ctr aes256-ctr Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication. The following HMAC algorithms are available: • • • hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1-96 hmac-sha2-256 When FIPS is enabled, the default HMAC algorithm is hmac-sha1-96.
PAGE 1378
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. Removed the support for hmac-sha2-256-96 algorithm. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced the cipher , kex and mac options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the cipher, kex and mac options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1379
ip ssh server vrf Configure an SSH server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell EMC Networking representative. ip ssh server vrf {any | management | vrf-name} To disable the SSH server configuration, use the no ip ssh server vrf {management | vrf-name} command. Parameters any Enter the keyword any to enable access to the server from any VRF.
PAGE 1380
ip ssh source-interface Specifies an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for an outgoing SSH connections. Syntax ip ssh source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip ssh source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1381
ip ssh vrf Specify a VRF for an outgoing SSH connections. Syntax ip ssh vrf vrf-name To delete a VRF for an outgoing SSH connection, use the no ip ssh vrf vrf-name command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure that VRF for an outgoing SSH session. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1382
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Removed support for rsa1 keys from all platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1383
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. Removed the support for hmac-sha2-256-96 algorithm. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1384
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1385
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1386
configured using the ip ssh source-interface command and the ssh vrf vrf-name command, then an error is reported. hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the host name of the remote device. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D.
PAGE 1387
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for the following ciphers and HMAC alogorithms on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4820T. S6000–ON. • • • • • • • • aes128-cbc aes192-cbc aes256-cbc aes128-ctr aes192-ctr aes256-ctr hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha2-256-96 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1388
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1389
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1390
Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094. ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected.
PAGE 1391
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1392
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1393
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1394
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • clear ip dhcp snooping — clear the contents of the DHCP binding table. Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role. Users are granted permissions based on their user roles, not on their individual user ID.
PAGE 1395
1. Locally define a system administrator user role.This will give you access to login with full permissions even if network connectivity to remote authentication servers is not available. 2. Configure login authentication on the console. This ensures that all users are properly identified through authentication no matter the access point 3. Specify an authentication method (RADIUS, TACACS+, or Local). 4. Specify authorization method (RADIUS, TACACS+ or Local). 5.
PAGE 1396
Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. • userrole — creates user roles. show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. Syntax show role mode {mode} {command} Parameters command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. mode mode Enter keyword then one of the following modes.
PAGE 1397
show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. Syntax show userroles Example DellEMC# show userroles Role Inheritance netoperator netadmin secadmin sysadmin netoperator testadmin netadmin Modes Exec Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC Exec Config Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1398
Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator). inherit existingrole-name Enter the inherit keyword then specify the system defined role to inherit permissions from (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1399
• • • ICMP Timestamp Request ICMP Replies IP ID Values Randomness You can configure the Dell EMC Networking OS to drop ICMP reply messages. When you configure the drop icmp command, the system drops the ICMP reply messages from the front end and management interfaces. By default, the Dell EMC Networking OS responds to all the ICMP messages. You can configure the Dell EMC Networking OS to suppress the following ICMPv4 and ICMPv6 message types: Table 6.
PAGE 1400
• Router advertisement (134) • Neighbor solicitation (135) • Neighbor advertisement (136) • Redirect (137) • Router renumbering (138) • MLD v2 listener report (143) • Duplicate Address Request (157) • Duplicate Address Confirmation (158) drop icmp Drops the ICMPv4 and ICMPv6 packets. Syntax drop {icmp | icmp6} Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1401
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM. Usage Information Use the generate hash command to generate a hash checksum for your startup configuration, and use the hash to verify using the verified boot hash command.
PAGE 1402
verified boot Enable OS image hash validation during system startup. Syntax verified boot To disable OS image hash validation, use the no verified boot command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, MXL, and FN-IOM.
PAGE 1403
verified startup-config Enable hash validation for the startup configuration during system startup. Syntax verified startup-config To disable hash validation for the startup configuration, use the no verified startup-config command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.14(0.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.13(0.
PAGE 1404
48 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging section. This section includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell EMC Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell EMC Networking OS supports L2PT on Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 1405
• • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 1406
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1407
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable VLAN-Stacking, no protocol packets are tunneled.
PAGE 1408
protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command. Parameters rate Enter the rate in frames per second. The range is from 75 to 3000. The default is 75. Defaults 75 frames per second. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN-STACK Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1409
Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1410
49 sFlow The Dell EMC Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell EMC Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1411
To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command. Parameters sflow collector ipaddress | ipv6- address Enter the IP address of the collector in dotted decimal format for IPv4 or x:x:x:x::x format for IPv6. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1412
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both. The sFlow agent address is carried in a field in SFlow packets and is used by the collector to identify the sFlow agent. In sFlow, the agent address is a single invariant IPv4 or IPv6 address used to identify the agent to the collector.
PAGE 1413
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default. In addition to this command, sFlow needs to be enable on individual interfaces where sFlow sampling is desired. Related Commands • sflow enable (Interface) — enable sFlow on interfaces. sflow enable (Interface) Enable sFlow egress on interfaces. Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1414
Usage Information When you enable ingress sFlow on an interface, flow sampling is done on any incoming traffic. NOTE: After a physical port is a member of a LAG, it inherits the sFlow configuration from the LAG port. Related Commands • sflow enable (Global) — turn sFlow globally. sflow extended-switch enable Enable packing information on a switch only. Syntax sflow extended-switch enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-switch [enable] command.
PAGE 1415
sflow max-header-size extended Set the maximum header size of a packet to 256 bytes. Syntax sflow max-header-size extended To reset the maximum header size of a packet, use the[no] sflow max-header-size extended command. Parameters extended Defaults 128 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the keyword extended to copy 256 bytes from the sample packets to sFlow datagram. INTERFACE Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1416
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1417
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1418
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate. You can configure an interface to use a different sampling rate than the global sampling rate.
PAGE 1419
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface. By default, the sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate. If the value entered is not a correct power of 2, the command generates an error message with the previous and next power-of-2 value.
PAGE 1420
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the following example always displays a value of zero.
PAGE 1421
50 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This section contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 1422
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1423
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1424
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following Example displays a group named ngroup. The ngroup has a security model of version 3 (v3) with authentication (auth), the read and notify name is nview with no write view name specified, and finally the row status is active.
PAGE 1425
RADIUS-AUTH-CLIENT-MIB SNMP-MPD-MIB RMON-MIB --More— 1.3.6.1.2.1.67.1.2 1.3.6.1.6.3.11 1.3.6.1.2.1.16 show snmp supported-traps Display the list of SNMP traps supported by the platform. Syntax show snmp supported-traps Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 1426
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1427
snmp ifmib ifalias long Display the entire description string through the Interface MIB, which would be truncated otherwise to 63 characters. Syntax snmp ifmib ifalias long Defaults Interface description truncated beyond 63 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1428
name name] | access-list-name [ipv6 ipv6-access-list-name | access-list-name | security-name name]]] To remove access to a community, use the no snmp-server community community-string {ro | rw} [security-name name [access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | accesslist-name ipv6 access-list-name]] command. Parameters community-name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) to act as a password for SNMP. ro Enter the keyword ro to specify read-only permission.
PAGE 1429
If you do not configure the snmp-server community command, you cannot query SNMP data. Only Standard IPv4 ACL and IPv6 ACL is supported in the optional access-list-name. The command options ipv6, security-name, and access-list-name are recursive. In other words, each option can, in turn, accept any of the three options as a sub-option, and each of those sub-options can accept any of the three sub-options as a sub-option, and so forth.
PAGE 1430
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] command.
PAGE 1431
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced MAC address notification traps on all the Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1432
• • The first four octets are set to the private enterprise number. The remaining eight octets are the MAC address of the chassis. remote ip-address Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF that is used to reach the device. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the SNMP engine to reach the device.
PAGE 1433
snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1434
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Added support for the access parameter. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1435
traps (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword traps to send trap notifications to the specified host. The default is traps. informs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword informs to send inform notifications to the specified host. The default is traps. version 1 | 2c | 3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version to specify the security model then the security model version number 1, 2c, or 3: • • • Version 1 is the least secure version. Version 3 is the most secure of the security modes.
PAGE 1436
Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced MAC address notification traps on all the Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148 and S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1437
3. Configure a group for this user with access rights. 4. Enable traps. 5. Configure a host to receive informs. Related Commands • • snmp-server enable traps — enables SNMP traps. snmp-server community — configures a new community SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c. snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server. Syntax snmp-server location text To delete the SNMP location, use the no snmp-server location command. Parameters text Enter an alpha-numeric text string, up to 55 characters long.
PAGE 1438
Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1439
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1440
remote ip-address Enter the keywords udp-port then the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. vrf vrf-name Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF this is used to connect to the SNMP server. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify a VRF name that is used to connect to the remote host. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used.
PAGE 1441
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6.(0.0) Added aes 128 encryption algorithm parameter. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1442
Syntax snmp-server user name {group_name remote ip-address udp-port port-number} [1 | 2c | 3] [encrypted] [auth {md5 | sha} auth-password] [priv {des56 | aes128–cfb} priv– password] [access access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-listname ipv6 access-list-name] To remove a user from the SNMP group, use the no snmp-server user name {group_name remote ip-address udp-port port-number} [1 | 2c | 3] [encrypted] [auth {md5 | sha} auth-password] [priv {des56 | aes128–cfb} priv-password] [access access-l
PAGE 1443
snmp-server view Configure an SNMPv3 view. Syntax snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view.
PAGE 1444
snmp-server vrf Configures an SNMP agent to bind to a specific VRF. Syntax snmp-server vrf vrf-name To undo the SNMP agent configuration, use the no snmp-server vrf vrf-name command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate an SNMP agent with that VRF. Defaults Not Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1445
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1446
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • show logging — display logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1447
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1448
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • logging console — set the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1449
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1450
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1451
size (OPTIONAL) Indicate the size, in bytes, of the logging buffer. The number of messages buffered depends on the size of each message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes. Defaults level = 7; size = 40960 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1452
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1453
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. Usage Information This command is available with or without RBAC enabled. When RBAC is enabled you can restrict access to audit and security logs based on the CLI sessions’ user roles. If extended logging is disabled, you can only view system events, regardless of RBAC user role.
PAGE 1454
• • user (user process) uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1455
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1456
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1457
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • default logging monitor — returns the logging monitor parameters to the default setting. logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines.
PAGE 1458
• • logging console — set the logging console parameters. logging monitor — set the logging parameters for the terminal connections. logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command.
PAGE 1459
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Syslog messages contain the IP address of the interface used to egress the router. By configuring the logging source-interface command, the Syslog packets contain the IP address of the interface configured.
PAGE 1460
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console.
PAGE 1461
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5. Related Commands • • logging — enables the logging to another device. logging on — enables logging. logging version Displays syslog messages in a RFC 3164 or RFC 5424 format.
PAGE 1462
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1463
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1464
show logging driverlog stack-unit Display the driver log for the specified hardware component. Syntax show logging driverlog stack-unit stack-unit-number Parameters stack-unit stack- unit-number Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the stack member ID of the switch for which you want to display the driver log. defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1465
Redundant block failed checksum calulated checksum 0xc9a6 actual chksum 0x0 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 55]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed errcode 6 Usage Information This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor Configure the Dell EMC Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1466
51 SNMP Traps This section lists the traps sent by the Dell EMC Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Trap Type, Trap Name, Object Name, and MIB file. Table 8. SNMP Trap List TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation 1 TR_COLD_START 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1 COLDSTART rfc3418.mib SNMP COLD_START trap sent. 2 TR_WARM_START 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2 WARMSTART rfc3418.mib SNMP WARM_START trap sent. 3 TR_LINK_DOWN 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3 LINKDOWN rfc3418.
PAGE 1467
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation RPM or the secondary RPM is up and running. 20 TR_CHM_RPM_DO 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmRpm DELLWN .5.1.6 Down NETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The primary RPM generate this trap when the secondary RPM is down, either by software reset or being physically removed from the chassis. 21 TR_CHM_PWRSRC 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmPow DELL_DOWN .5.1.7 ersupplyDown NETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.
PAGE 1468
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name 30 TR_CHM_FANTRAY 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmFanT DELL_OR_PSU_BAD .5.1.25 rayOrPsuDown NETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The driver/agent generate this trap when a fan tray or psu is missing or down. 31 TR_CHM_FANTRAY 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmFanT DELL_OR_PSU_BAD_CL .5.1.26 rayOrPsuClear NETWORKINGR CHASSIS-MIB.mib The driver/agent generate this trap when a fan tray or psu is now operational 32 TR_CHM_PSUFAN_ 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.
PAGE 1469
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME 49 TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation TR_PVST_NEW_RO 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.1 OT newRoot BRIDGE-MIB.mib PVST new root trap support. 50 TR_PVST_TOPOLO 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.2 GY_CHANGE topologyChange BRIDGE-MIB.mib PVST topology change trap support. 51 TR_VRRP_LEAVE_ MASTER 52 TR_VRRP_GIVEUP_ 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmVrrp DELLMASTER .5.1.45 GiveupMaster NETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.
PAGE 1470
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID 59 TR_BGP4_ESTABLI SHED 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.20.1.1. dellNetBgpM2Establi DELL0.1 shed NETWORKINGBGP4-V2-MIB.mib The BGP Established event is generated when the BGP FSM enters the ESTABLISHED state 60 TR_BGP4_BACKW_ 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.20.1.1. dellNetBgpM2Backw DELLXSITION 0.2 ardTransition NETWORKINGBGP4-V2-MIB.mib The BGPBackwardTransi tion Event is generated when the BGP FSM moves from a higher numbered state to a lower numbered state.
PAGE 1471
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation the MEP's Maintenance Domain table entry (dot1agCfmMdTable ). dot1agCfmMaIndex - Also an index (with the MD table index) of the MEP's Maintenance Association table entry (dot1agCfmMaTable) . dot1agCfmMepIdenti fier - MEP Identifier and final index into the MEP table (dot1agCfmMepTabl e). 62 TR_EOAM_THRSHL 1.3.6.1.2.1.158.0.1 D_EVT dot3OamThresholdE stdeoam.
PAGE 1472
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation 63 TR_EOAM_NON_T HRSHLD_EVT 1.3.6.1.2.1.158.0.2 dot3OamNonThresh oldEvent stdeoam.mib A dot3OamNonThresh oldEvent notification is sent when a local or remote nonthreshold crossing event is detected. A local event is detected by the local entity, while a remote event is detected by the reception of an Ethernet OAM Event Notification OAMPDU that indicates a nonthreshold crossing event.
PAGE 1473
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation FIPSNOOPINGMIB.mib discovered (Discovery Advertisement is received from FCF) is dropped, as the maximum allowed FCFs limit in a VLAN is already reached. 68 TR_FIPS_ENODE_D 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.22. ROP 4.0.5 dellNetENodeDroppe DELLdTrap NETWORKINGFIPSNOOPINGMIB.mib This trap is sent when a new ENode discovered is dropped, as the maximum allowed ENodes limit in the system is already reached 69 TR_FIPS_SESSION_ 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.22.
PAGE 1474
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation change in the DCBX Peer Status and the dellNetETSGlobalEna bleTrap is enabled to send the trap for Peer Up or Peer Down 74 TR_ETS_OPER_ST ATE_CHANGE 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.15.4 dellNetETSPortDcbx DELL.0.4 OperStateTrap NETWORKINGDCB-MIB.mib This trap is generated in the following conditions.
PAGE 1475
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation 78 TR_PFC_OPER_ST ATE_CHANGE 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.15.4 dellNetPFCPortDcbx DELL.0.8 OperStateTrap NETWORKINGDCB-MIB.mib 79 TR_MPLS_TUNNEL 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.3.0.1 mplsTunnelUp _UP rfc3812.mib This trap is generated when an lsp on a tunnel changed it operational status to up 80 TR_MPLS_TUNNEL 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.3.0. _DOWN 2 mplsTunnelDown rfc3812.
PAGE 1476
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME 94 TR_SYSADM_CPU_ 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmExd THRESHOLD .5.1.31 CpuThreshold 95 TR_SYSADM_CPU_ 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmClrC DELLTHRESHOLD_CLR .5.1.32 puThreshold NETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The agent generate this trap when cpu utilization falls below threshold. 96 TR_SYSADM_MEM _THRESHOLD 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmExd .5.1.33 MemThreshold The agent generate this trap when memory utilization excceded 92%.
PAGE 1477
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation local device sensinga change in the topology that indicates that a new remotedevice attached to a local port, or a remote device disconnectedor moved from one port to another 104 TR_OPENFLOW_S 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.20. NMP_CNTLR_STAT 2.0.1 E_TRAP ofSwitchCntlrSessio nStatusChanged DELLNETWORKINGOPENFLOWMIB.mib This notification is sent when ever Controller's Session Status has changed 105 TR_OPENFLOW_S 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.20.
PAGE 1478
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME 109 TR_RMON_HC_FAL 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.29.2.0.2 hcFallingAlarm LING_THRESHOLD 110 TR_COPY_CONFIG _COMPLETE 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.5.1. 2.0.1 copyConfigComplete DELLd NETWORKINGCOPY-CONFIGMIB.mib The agent generate this trap when a copy operational is completed 111 TR_CONFIG_CONF LICT 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.5.1. 2.0.2 configConflict DELLNETWORKINGCOPY-CONFIGMIB.mib The agent generate this trap when a configuration conflict found during audit. 112 TR_CONFIG_CONF LICT_CLEAR 1.3.6.1.4.1.
PAGE 1479
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation 118 TR_CAM_IS_FULL 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.7.1. 2.0.2 camIsFull DELLNETWORKINGSYSTEMCOMPONENTMIB.mib The agent generate this trap when the cam is fully used. 119 TR_CAM_AUDIT_E RROR 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.7.1. 2.0.3 camAuditError DELLNETWORKINGSYSTEMCOMPONENTMIB.mib The agent generate this trap when a cam entry mismatches with the Software entry 128 TR_VLT_ROLE_CH ANGE 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.17.2 dellNetVLTRoleChan DELL.0.
PAGE 1480
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME 131 TR_VLT_HBEAT_ST 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.17.2 dellNetVLTHBeatSta DELLATUS_CHANGE .0.4 tusChange NETWORKINGVIRTUAL-LINKTRUNK-MIB.mib The agent generates this notification to denote the change in Backup Link Status. The notification contains information on the new BackupLink Status. The possible states are as follows: 1. NotEstabished 2. LinkUp 3. LinkDown 4. LinkError" 132 TR_VLT_ICL_BW_T 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.17.2 dellNetVLTIclBwUsa HRESHOLD_EXCEE .0.
PAGE 1481
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation notification contains the information on the port which has gone through the state change and the oper state information of the actor and its partner 138 TR_ENT_CONFIG_ CHANGE 1.3.6.1.2.1.47.2.0.1 entConfigChange entity.mib An entConfigChange notification is generated when the value of entLastChangeTime changes. It can be utilized by an NMS to trigger logical/ physical entity table maintenance polls.
PAGE 1482
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation to detect any missed entConfigChange notificationevents, e.g., due to throttling or transmission loss. 139 TR_CHM_STACK_U 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmStac DELLNIT_ROLE .5.1.46 kUnitRoleChanged NETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib Trap generated when a stack unit's role in a stack changes to management/ standby/member 140 TR_CHM_VERSION 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmCard DELL_MISMATCH .5.1.
PAGE 1483
TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation 148 TR_BRM_PE_UNIT _DOWN 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1 dellNetSysAlarmPEU DELL.5.1.30 nitDown NETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib 149 TR_SYSLOG_SERV 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.30.1 Not Available ER_CONNECTION_ .1.2 SUCCESSFUL Not Available Connecting to server with Valid configuration. 150 TR_SYSLOG_SERV 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.30.1 Not Available ER_CONNECTION_ .1.1 FAILURE Not Available Not able to connecting with server with Invalid configuration.
PAGE 1484
52 Storm Control The Dell EMC Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1485
• storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) polling-interval You can set the time interval to poll the queue depth and egress counters. Syntax Parameters polling—interval {interval in milli-seconds} interval in milliseconds Enter the polling interval in milliseconds. The range is 200 to 1000. The interval should be entered in multiples of 100. The default interval value is 100 milliseconds.
PAGE 1486
Example Use the storm-control pfc command in the configuration mode to enter the ‘storm-control-pfc' configuration mode. The commands provisioned in this mode are applicable for all the interfaces that have PFC storm enabled. DellEMC(conf)#storm-control pfc DellEMC(conf-storm-control-pfc)#xoff-state threshold polling-count 2 disable storm-control pfc You can disable the PFC storm globally.
PAGE 1487
queue-drop backoff-force You can remove the queue-drop state after the specified number of polling is done. Syntax Parameters queue-drop backoff-force polling—count {number of polling—interval } number of polling- Enter the number of polling intervals. The range is from 0 to 1000. The default value is 0. interval Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-storm-control-pfc) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1488
Example Use the storm-control pfc command in the configuration mode to enter the ‘storm-control-pfc' configuration mode. The commands provisioned in this mode are applicable for all the interfaces that have PFC storm enabled. DellEMC(conf)#storm-control pfc DellEMC(conf-storm-control-pfc)#queue-drop backoff-on-norxpfc polling-count 20 storm-control pfc in queue-drop-state clear You can clear the queue-drop state on an interface where the PFC storm has been triggered.
PAGE 1489
0 0 Te 1/1/1 4 Normal 0 Te 1/1/1 4 Normal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DellEMC#show storm-control pfc status stack-unit 1 port-set 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Interface Priority State Duration in discard state(in ms) Pkts Dropped(Ingress) Pkts Dropped(Egress) Pkts Dropped(Ingress,Cumulative) Pkts Dropped(Egress,Cumulative)------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1/1/1 4 Drop
PAGE 1490
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. Usage Information The show storm-control pfc statistics command is used to view the statistical data of the PFC storm on the specified stack unit and the port set.
PAGE 1491
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. Syntax Parameters show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1492
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information.
PAGE 1493
show storm-control unknown-unicast Display the storm control unknown-unicast configuration. Syntax Parameters show storm-control unknown-unicast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1494
storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network. Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1495
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_seco Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is nd in from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1496
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1497
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed in or out of the network.
PAGE 1498
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1499
53 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this section configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell EMC Networking switch/routing platform. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bridge-priority bpdu-destination-mac-address debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree.
PAGE 1500
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
PAGE 1501
To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units. config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information.
PAGE 1502
Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1503
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state.
PAGE 1504
hello-time Set the time interval between generation of the spanning tree bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1505
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1506
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1507
Example DellEMC(config-stp)# show config protocol spanning-tree 0 no disable DellEMC(config-stp)# show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
PAGE 1508
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1509
from TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/3/1 Timers:hold 1, topology change 35 hello 2, max age 20, forward_delay 15 Times:hello 1, topology change 1, notification 0, aging 2 Port 26 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/1/1) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.26 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
PAGE 1510
-------- -------- -----------------Te 1/1/1/1 0 INCON(Root) Rootguard Te 1/1/2/1 0 LIS Loopguard Te 1/1/3/1 0 EDS (Shut) Bpduguard spanning-tree Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface.
PAGE 1511
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series, C-Series, and SSeries. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the shutdown-on-violation option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1512
54 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell EMC Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell EMC Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell EMC Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell EMC Networking Open Automation guide.
PAGE 1513
Usage Information • • • Example When you run the command, the system displays a message with the information directing to the URL for further information. Even before you accept or reject the EULA, the configuration data is sent to the default centrally deployed SupportAssist Server. If you reject the EULA, the configuration data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled.
PAGE 1514
Related Commands • support-assist — moves to the SupportAssist Configuration mode. support-assist Move to the SupportAssist configuration mode. Syntax support-assist To remove all the configuration of the SupportAssist service, use the no support-assist command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1515
support-assist activity Trigger an activity event immediately. Syntax Parameters support-assist activity {full-transfer | core-transfer} start now full-transfer Enter the keyword full-transfer to specify transfer of configuration, inventory, logs, and other information. core-transfer Enter the keyword core-transfer to specify transfer of core files. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1516
Version Description Introduced the core-transfer and event-transfer parameters. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information By default, each activity follows a set of default actions using a default schedule.
PAGE 1517
last-name Enter the last name for the contact person. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1518
Parameters default Enter the keyword default for the default server. server-name Enter the name of the custom server to which the logs would be transferred. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Defaults Default server has URL stor.g3.ph.dell.com Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1519
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information The remote file specification for full transfer includes the protocol that is used to copy the file from the remote system. The default Manifest-file for full transfer includes records like alarms, logs, operational, and configuration data. Related Commands • • • action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity.
PAGE 1520
Parameters Command Modes local-file-name Enter the name of the local action-manifest file. Allowable characters are: a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, -, _, and space. SUPPORTASSIST ACTIVITY FULL-TRANSFER SUPPORTASSIST ACTIVITY EVENT-TRANSFER Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1521
enable Enable a specific SupportAssist activity. Syntax enable To disable a particular SupportAssist activity, use the no enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST ACTIVITY FULL-TRANSFER SUPPORTASSIST ACTIVITY CORE-TRANSFER SUPPORTASSIST ACTIVITY EVENT-TRANSFER Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1522
postalcode | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword postalcode or zipcode then the postal code or zip zipcode company- code for the company site, as one string with no spaces. code Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST COMPANY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON.
PAGE 1523
territory Configure the territory and set the coverage for the company site. Syntax territory company-territory To remove the company territory information, use the no territory command. Parameters company-territory Enter the territory name for the company. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Use three-letter country codes like USA, IND, FRA, GER and so on. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST COMPANY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1524
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information The email addresses must have the standard form of @ to be considered valid. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. Related Commands • preferred-method — configure the preferred method for contacting the person. phone Configure phone numbers to reach the contact person.
PAGE 1525
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1526
To remove the proxy, use the no proxy-ip-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the proxy server in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the proxy server in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. NOTE: To use the IPv6 address, the Open Automation package should also support IPv6 communications. For this purpose, SupportAssist requires Dell EMC Networking Open Automation 9.10(0.
PAGE 1527
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • server — configure the name of the remote SupportAssist server. url Configure the URL to reach the SupportAssist remote server. Syntax url uniform-resource-locator To delete the URL for the server, use the no url command.
PAGE 1528
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. DellEMC# show eula-consent support-assist SupportAssist EULA has been: Accepted Additional information about the SupportAssist EULA is as follows: By installing SupportAssist, you allow Dell to save your contact information (e.g.
PAGE 1529
show running-config Display the current configuration and changes from the default values. Syntax Parameters show running-config support-assist support-assist Enter the keyword support-assist to view the detailed configuration for the feature. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1530
Example Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. DellEMC#show support-assist status SupportAssist Service: Installed EULA: Accepted Server: default Enabled: Yes URL: https://stor.g3.ph.dell.
PAGE 1531
55 System Time and Date The commands in this section configure time values on the system, either using the Dell EMC Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, see “Network Time Protocol” of the Management section in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1532
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes.
PAGE 1533
• • • week-number: Enter a number from 1 to 4 as the number of the week in the month to start daylight saving time. first: Enter this keyword to start daylight saving time in the first week of the month. last: Enter this keyword to start daylight saving time in the last week of the month. start-day Enter the name of the day that you want daylight saving time to begin. Use English three letter abbreviations; for example, Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat.
PAGE 1534
Related Commands Version Description 7.4.1.0 Updated the start-day and end-day options to allow for using the three-letter abbreviation of the weekday name. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • • • ntp trusted-key — configures a trusted key. clock summer-time date — sets a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight saving time on a one-time basis. show clock — displays the current clock settings. clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch.
PAGE 1535
Usage Information Coordinated universal time (UTC) is the time standard based on the International Atomic Time standard, commonly known as Greenwich Mean time. When determining system time, include the differentiator between UTC and your local timezone. For example, San Jose, CA is the Pacific Timezone with a UTC offset of -8. debug ntp Display Network Time Protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting.
PAGE 1536
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You also must configure an authentication key for NTP traffic using the ntp authentication-key command. ntp broadcast client Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, use the no ntp broadcast client command.
PAGE 1537
Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • • • password 0 (zero) directs the system to store the password as clear text. It is the default encryption type when using the password option. 7 (seven) indicates that a password is encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm. It specifies a hidden authentication data. WORD is the un-encrypted (cleartext) authentication data. Enter a string up to 32 characters as the password.
PAGE 1538
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp master Configure the switch as NTP Server. Syntax ntp master Parameters ntp master Enter the stratum number to identify the NTP Server's hierarchy. The stratum range value is from 2 to 15 and the default value is 8. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1539
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3038–ON, S4048-ON, S3100 Series, S4810P, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9500, and Z9100–ON. Usage Information The ntp offset-threshold command does not time synchronization. Example DellEMC(config)# ntp offset-threshold 4 ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host.
PAGE 1540
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure multiple time-serving hosts. From these time-serving hosts, the Dell EMC Networking OS chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize.
PAGE 1541
• • • • • For a 100-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword hundredGigE then the stack/slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then slot/port information. For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1542
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(2.3) Introduced on the C9000, S3048-ON, S3100 series, S4048-ON, S4048T-ON, S5048FON, S6000, S6000-ON, S6010-ON, S6100-ON, and Z9100-ON. Usage Information The ntp step-threshold command is used to configure a step threshold value from 128 to 5000 milliseconds (5 seconds).
PAGE 1543
• ntp authenticate—enables the NTP authentication parameters you set. ntp authentication-key Specify a key for authenticating the NTP server. Syntax Parameters ntp authentication-key key-number {md5 | sha1} {0 | 7} key key-number Specify a number for the authentication key. The range is from 1 to 65534. This number must be the same as the number parameter configured in the ntp trusted-key command. md5 Specify that the authentication key is encrypted using MD5 encryption algorithm.
PAGE 1544
Networking OS uses DES encryption to store the key in the startup-config when you enter the ntp authentication-key command. Therefore, if your system boots with a startup-configuration from an Dell EMC Networking OS versions prior to 8.2.1.0 in which you have configured ntp authentication-key, the system cannot correctly decrypt the key, and cannot authenticate NTP packets. In this case you must re-enter this command and save the running-config to the startup-config.
PAGE 1545
Related Commands • clock summer-time recurring — displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers. Syntax show ntp associations Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1546
Field Description delay Displays the time interval or delay for a packet to complete a round-trip to the NTP time source (in milliseconds). offset Displays the relative time of the NTP peer’s clock to the switch clock (in milliseconds). offset Displays the relative time of the NTP peer’s clock to the switch clock (in milliseconds). disp Displays the dispersion. LOCAL(0) Indicates that the local machine has synced with itself. Generally, only a NTP master syncs with itself.
PAGE 1547
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ntp status Display the current NTP status. Syntax show ntp status Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1548
Field Description “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp. “clock offset is...” Displays the system offset to the synchronized peer and the time delay on the path to the NTP root clock. “root dispersion is...” Displays the root and path dispersion. “peer mode is...” State what NTP mode the switch is. This should be Client mode.
PAGE 1549
56 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1550
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
PAGE 1551
description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. Syntax Parameters description text text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10.0.2 Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(2.
PAGE 1552
Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: gigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and port-range entry. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1553
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • • downstream — assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
PAGE 1554
• uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. enable Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific UFD group. Syntax enable To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command. Defaults Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1555
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. Example Related Commands • • show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1556
uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch or router. Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. Parameters group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. The range is from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1557
To delete an uplink-state group, use the no upstream interface command. Parameters interface Enter one of the following interface types: • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport | slot/port/subport-range 40-Gigabit Ethernet:fortyGigE {slot/port} Port channel: port-channel {1–128 | port-channel-range} For a 25-Gigabit interface, enter the keyword twentyfiveGigE then the slot/port/ subport information.
PAGE 1558
57 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • ip unnumbered ipv6 unnumbered tunnel allow-remote tunnel destination tunnel dscp tunnel flow-label tunnel hop-limit tunnel keepalive tunnel-mode tunnel source ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1559
• • If the logical ip address is configured. If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 1560
tunnel allow-remote Configure an IPv4 or IPv6 address or prefix whose tunneled packets are accepted for decapsulation. If you do not configure allow-remote entries, tunneled packets from any remote peer address is accepted. This feature is supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry use the no tunnel allow-remote command. Any specified address/mask values must match an existing entry for the delete to succeed.
PAGE 1561
ipv6–address Enter the destination IPv6 address for the tunnel. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1562
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. Usage Information This command configures the method used to set the high 6 bits (the differentiated services codepoint) of the IPv4 TOS or the IPv6 traffic class in the outer IP header.
PAGE 1563
To restore the default tunnel hop-limit, use the no tunnel hop-limit command. Parameters value Enter the hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value to include in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 64. Defaults 64 (Time-to-live for IPv4 outer tunnel header or hop limit for IPv6 outer tunnel header) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1564
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000.
PAGE 1565
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the decapsulate-any command. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000. Usage Information To enable a tunnel interface, use this command. You must define a tunnel mode for the tunnel to function. If you previously defined the tunnel destination or source address, the tunnel mode must be compatible.
PAGE 1566
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the tunnel source anylocal command. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. Usage Information Added an optional keyword “anylocal” to the tunnel source command.
PAGE 1567
58 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell EMC Networking OS supports this feature. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in Layer 2.
PAGE 1568
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When packets are colored green; no packets are dropped.
PAGE 1569
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Enable DEI before using this command. dei mark Set the DEI value on egress according to the color currently assigned to the packet. Syntax Parameters dei mark {green | yellow} {0 | 1} 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | red | yellow Choose a color: • • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped. Yellow: Lower priority packets that are treated as best-effort.
PAGE 1570
• • • • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel, and then a number. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information.
PAGE 1571
module type Enter the module type from one of the following: • • • QSFP+ QSFP28 QSFP28_4CXP Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON Usage Information This command is used to provision the switch to accept a particular type of module. NOTE: 1.
PAGE 1572
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs.
PAGE 1573
If you enabled VRF, you cannot enable the stacked VLAN feature using this command. If you enabled IGMP snooping, you cannot enable the stacked VLAN feature using this command.
PAGE 1574
Usage Information You can separate the C-Tag values by commas or dashed ranges. In the case of conflicts, dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration. vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, the Dell EMC Networking OS assigns the value 0x9100. Syntax vlan-stack protocol-type number Parameters number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag.
PAGE 1575
Related Commands • • portmode hybrid — sets a port (physical ports only) to accept both tagged and untagged frames. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. vlan-stack trunk — specifies a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the stackable VLAN network.
PAGE 1576
Example 1 DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/2/1)# switchport DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/2/1)# vlan-stack trunk DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/2/1)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/2/1 no ip address switchport vlan-stack trunk no shutdown DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/2/1)# interface vlan 100 DellEMC(conf-if-vl-100)# vlan-stack compatible DellEMC(conf-if-vl-100-stack)# member tengigabitethernet 1/1/2/1 DellEMC(conf-if-vl-100-stack)# show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address vlan-stack compatible member TenGigabitEthe
PAGE 1577
59 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to coexist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip unknown-unicast ipv6 unknown-unicast description ip vrf forwarding ip http vrf ip route-export ip route-import ipv6 route-export ipv6 route-import match source-protocol redistribute interface management maximum dynamic-routes show ip vrf show run vrf ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route.
PAGE 1578
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. Usage Information Use this command to add the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) in the LPM route forwarding table if it was deleted using the no ip unknown-unicast command previously. This will be the default configuration after reload. ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled.
PAGE 1579
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a VRF.
PAGE 1580
Example DellEMC# configure terminal DellEMC(conf)# ip vrf red DellEMC(conf-vrf)# description "Red Network" DellEMC(conf-vrf)# show config ! ip vrf red 4 description "Red Network" DellEMC(conf-vrf)# DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/4/1)# DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/4/2)# DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/4/2)# DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/4/2)# DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/4/2)# DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/4/2)# DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/4/2)# DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1/4/2)# ! interface TenGigabitEthernet ip vrf forwarding red ip address 100.1.1.
PAGE 1581
ip route-export Enables route leaking between VRFs. This command exports or shares IPv4 routes corresponding to one VRF with other nondefault VRFs. Syntax Parameters ip route-export tag [route-map-name] route-export Enter the keywords route-export to leak or share routes between VRFs. tag Enter a tag (export route target) to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes. Use this identifier while importing these routes into another nondefault VRF.
PAGE 1582
Parameters route-import Enter the keywords route-import to import routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF. To import leaked routes from another VRF, use the same ASN number that is specified as the export route target at the source VRF. route-map-name Enter the name of the route-map to filter the imported routes. NOTE: Use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM.
PAGE 1583
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1584
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information It is possible to configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF.
PAGE 1585
Related Commands • ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. redistribute Redistributes leaked or exported routes corresponding to specific protocols. Syntax Parameters redistribute {imported-bgp | import-ospf | import-isis} imported-bgp Enter the keywords imported-bgp to redistribute leaked routes that are learned using the BGP protocol. imported-ospf Enter the keywords imported-ospf to redistribute leaked routes that are learned using the OSPF protocol.
PAGE 1586
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information When you use this command, the management ports corresponding to both the active unit and the standby unit are associated with the management VRF.
PAGE 1587
Usage Information If you do not specify the maximum route limit for a VRF, the VRF has unlimited space that extends to the maximum number of entries allowed for the system. show ip vrf Displays information corresponding to the VRFs that you configure in the system. Syntax Parameters show ip [vrf vrf-name] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf then the name of the VRF to display information corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1588
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information This command displays information from the running-config corresponding to either a specific VRF or all the VRFs in the system.
PAGE 1589
60 VLT Proxy Gateway The virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a Layer 3 (L3) end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, see the Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1590
proxy-gateway static Enables the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
PAGE 1591
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1592
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information You must configure the VLT port channel interface which is connecting to the remote VLT domain as peerdomain-link. You can also configure the VLANs you want to exclude from the VLT proxy gateway.
PAGE 1593
vlt-peer-mac transmit Enables the device to transmit the peer MAC address along with its own MAC address in LLDP TLV packets to the remote VLT domain. Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.
PAGE 1594
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information The proxy-gateway feature may go operationally down for any of the following reasons: • • • • LLDP is globally disabled. LDP is disabled per port. VLT port-channel is down. LLDP neighbor is down.
PAGE 1595
61 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1596
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer used as the VLT backup link endpoint for sending out-of-band (OOB) hello messages. Syntax back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds] vrf [management vrf-name | vrf-name]} Parameters ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1597
clear vlt statistics Clear the VLT operation statistics. Syntax Parameters clear vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] domain Clear the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Clear the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Clear the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Clear the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Clear the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1598
delay-restore Configure the delay in bringing up VLT ports after reload or peer-link restoration between the VLT peer switches. Syntax delay-restore Parameters delay-restore Enter the amount of time, in seconds, to delay bringing up the VLT ports after the VLTi device reloads or after the peer-link restores between VLT peer switches. The range from 1 to 1200. The default is 90 seconds. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1599
Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1600
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information LACP on the VLT ports (on a VLT switch or access device), which are members of the VLT, are not brought up until the VLT domain is recognized on the access device. During boot-up in a stacking configuration, the system must be able to reach the DHCP server with the boot image and configuration image.
PAGE 1601
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1602
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan option. When a VLT peer with bare metal provisioning (BMP) is booting up, it sends untagged DHCP discover packets to its peer over the VLTi. To ensure that the DHCP discover packets are forwarded to the VLAN that has the DHCP server, use this configuration.
PAGE 1603
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4.
PAGE 1604
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information After you configure a VLT domain on each peer switch and connect (cable) the two VLT peers on each side of the VLT interconnect, the system elects a primary and secondary VLT peer device. To configure the primary and secondary roles before the election process, use the primary-priority command. Enter a lower value on the primary peer and a higher value on the secondary peer.
PAGE 1605
Delay-Restore timer : Delay-Restore Abort Threshold : Peer-Routing : Peer-Routing-Timeout timer : Multicast peer-routing timeout: DellEMC# 90 seconds 60 seconds Disabled 0 seconds 150 seconds show vlt backup-link Displays information about the backup link operation. Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1606
igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the igmp-snooping counter information for the VLT. interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT. ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the VLT counter information for NDP. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1607
IGMP Mcast Groups count Ve Example (NDP and Non-VLT ARP) : 0 DellEMC#show vlt counters Total VLT Counters ------------------L2 Total MAC-Address Count: Total Arp Entries Learnt : Total Arp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Arp entries Learnt: Total Non-VLT Arp Entries Synced IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total VLT Ndp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Synced : 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 show vlt detail Displays detaile
PAGE 1608
show vlt inconsistency Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes (mroutes). Syntax show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1609
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced support for Q-in-Q implementation over VLT on the S-Series and Z-Series. Introduced on t ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mod 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1610
--------------66.66.66.
PAGE 1611
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1612
Related Commands Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Added parameters multicast and ndp 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support in the output for ARP, MAC, and IGMP snooping.
PAGE 1613
Route Route Route Route updates sent to Peer: 0 updates rcvd from Peer: 0 update pkts sent to Peer: 0 update pkts rcvd from Peer: 0 VLT NDP Statistics -------------------NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:16 NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:46 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:0 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 Ndp-sync Pkts Sent:144 Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between
PAGE 1614
unit-id Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Syntax unit-id [0 | 1] Parameters 0|1 Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Enter 0 for the first peer. Enter 1 for the second peer. Defaults Automatically assigned based on the MAC address of each VLT peer. The peer with the lower MAC address is assigned unit 0; the peer with the higher MAC address is assigned unit 1. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1615
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1616
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only.
PAGE 1617
62 Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) is supported on Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 1618
clear mac-address-table dynamic Clear the MAC address table of specific or all MAC address learned dynamically. Syntax clear mac-address-table dynamic {vxlan {interface interface-type | remote-vtepip ip-address | vnid vnid} | all | interface | vlan | vxlan} Parameters interface interface-type Enter the keyword interface and the interface type to clear all MAC addresses learnt on that interface. The same is also notified to the controller.
PAGE 1619
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.10(0.1P10) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN instance configuration on the platform. debug vxlan Debug messages between the Gateway and Controller.
PAGE 1620
NOTE: • This command is only applicable for static VXLAN and does not work for the other modes of VXLAN (controller and nuage). • The remote VTEP should already be configured. • In case of static VXLAN VLT deployments, this configuration should be symmetric across VLT nodes. feature vxlan Enable VXLAN configuration globally on the platform. Syntax feature vxlan To disable the VXLAN, use the no feature vxlan command.
PAGE 1621
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. vxlan-instance— Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. gateway-ip Configures gateway IP address on the platform. Syntax Parameters gateway-ip IP address IP address Enter the IP address of the gateway for the VXLAN instance. Defaults Disabled Command Modes VXLAN INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1622
Usage Information Use the local-vtep-ip IP Address command to set the local IP Address that would be used as source for VXLAN tunnels. max_backoff Configures time to wait between connection attempts with controller. Syntax max_backoff time Parameters time Enter the time in milliseconds. The range is from 1000-180000. The default value is 30000. Defaults 30000 Command Modes VXLAN INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1623
remote-vtep-ip Create a remote VTEP and associate it to specified VNIDs. Syntax remote—vtep—ip IP Address vni-profile profile name To delete the remote VTEP, use the no remote—vtep—ip command. Parameters IP Address Enter the IP Address of the remote VTEP. vni-profile Enter the keyword vni-profile followed by the profile name to which the remote VTEP has to be associated. Defaults None. Command Modes VXLAN-INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1624
Parameters profile name Enter a valid and unique profile name. The profile name can have a maximum of 32 characters. Defaults None Command Modes VXLAN-INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON.
PAGE 1625
Example Enable VXLAN instance: DellEMC(conf)#int 1/5/1 DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/5/1)#vxlan-instance 1 DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/5/1-vxlan-inst-1)#no shutdown Disable VXLAN instance: DellEMC(conf)#no vxlan-instance 1 Related Commands feature vxlan — Enable VXLAN configuration globally on the platform. vxlan-instance (VAP) To configure a VXLAN-Access Port (VAP) in to VXLAN-instance Syntax vxlan-instance instance ID To unconfigure VAP, use the no vxlan-instance 1 command.
PAGE 1626
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.0) Updated to enable MAC level loopback. 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, and Z9100–ON. Usage Information You must configure VXLAN globally before using VXLAN-instance. Use the no shutdown command to enable the VXLAN instance.
PAGE 1627
You cannot modify a VXLAN instance mode. If you need to change the mode, you can delete the existing VXLAN instance and create a new instance with the required mode. Example Enable VXLAN instance: DellEMC(conf)#feature vxlan DellEMC(conf)#vxlan-instance 1 static DellEMC(conf-vxlan-inst-1)#no shutdown Disable VXLAN instance: DellEMC(conf)#no vxlan-instance 1 static vxlan-vnid Associate VNID to VLAN. Syntax vxlan-vnid VNID To remove the association, use the no vxlan-vnid command.
PAGE 1628
Example Static Mode: DellEMC#show running-config vxlan ! feature vxlan ! vxlan-instance 1 static local-vtep-ip 1.1.1.1 no shutdown vni-profile ni1 vnid 1 remote-vtep-ip 2.2.2.2 vni-profile ni1 Controller Mode: DellEMC#show running-config vxlan ! feature vxlan ! vxlan-instance 1 gateway-ip 3.3.3.3 fail-mode secure controller 1 192.168.122.6 port 6632 ssl no shutdown Related Commands vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform.
PAGE 1629
MAX Backoff Controller 1 Fail Mode Port List Fo 1/4/1 Related Commands : 30000 : 192.168.122.6:6632 ssl (connected) : secure : Te 1/1/1/1 Te 1/1/2/1 Po 2 vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance logical network Displays logical network information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID logical-network [name name] instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID.
PAGE 1630
Unknown Multicast MAC 192.168.122.133 : Port Vlan Bindings: Te 1/1/1/1: VLAN: Fo 1/4/1 : VLAN: Related Commands Tunnels: vxlan_over_ipv4 (up) 2 (0x80000001), 2 (0x80000004), vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance physical-locator Displays physical locators related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID physical—locator [vtep-ip A.B.C.D] Parameters instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID.
PAGE 1631
• • • • • • VLAN-ID For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1632
Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. Example DellEMC# show vxlan vxlan-instance 1 statistics remote-vtep-ip 1.1.1.1 Statistics for Remote-vtep-ip : 1.1.1.
PAGE 1633
Related Commands vxlan-instance- Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance unicast-mac-remote Displays the information of the remote unicast MACs associated with the logical network related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax Parameters show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID unicast-mac-remote [logical-network name | vnid VNID] instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release.
PAGE 1634
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. DellEMC# show vxlan 1 vtep-vni-map Remote Vtep IP : 10.10.10.
PAGE 1635
63 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 1636
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell EMC Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command.
PAGE 1637
clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations. Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp [vrrp-id] [ipv6] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID to clear the group’s counters. The range is from 1 to 255. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1638
debug vrrp Enable VRRP debugging. Syntax debug vrrp [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} To disable debugging, use the no debug vrrp [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} command. Parameters vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions.
PAGE 1639
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you do not specify an option, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. description Configure a short text string describing the VRRP group. Syntax description text To delete a VRRP group description, use the no description command.
PAGE 1640
To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1641
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for centisecs on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1642
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command.
PAGE 1643
If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. Syntax show config [verbose] Parameters verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all the VRRP group configuration information, including default information. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1644
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information about the VRRP groups. interface type (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • • • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1645
Item Description Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface. If you configured the track command to track that interface and you disable the interface, the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface. Pre States whether preempt is enabled on the interface: • • State Displays the operational state of the interface using one of the following: • • • Example (Brief) Y = Preempt is enabled. N = Preempt is not enabled. NA/IF (the interface is not available).
PAGE 1646
Item Description Tracking states.. Displays if the track command is configured on an interface. Also displays the following information about the tracked interface: • • Example Example (VRRP VRF) Dn or Up states whether the interface is down or up. The interface type slot/port information. DellEMC> show vrrp -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/1/2/1, VRID: 1, Net: 10.1.1.253 VRF: 0 default State: Master, Priority: 105, Master: 10.1.1.
PAGE 1647
• • • • • • priority-cost For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 25-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword twentyFiveGigE then the stack/slot/port/subport information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the stack/ slot/port[/subport] information. For a 50-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fiftyGigE then the stack/ slot/port/subport information.
PAGE 1648
... ip-address12 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 11 additional IP addresses of virtual routers in dotted decimal format. Separate the IP addresses with a space. The IP addresses must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1649
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This command applies to a single interface. When you use this command with the vrrp delay reload command, the later timer rules VRRP enabling.
PAGE 1650
Usage Information This command applies to all the VRRP interfaces on a system. When you use this command with the vrrp delay minimum command, the later timer rules VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and vrrp delay minimum is 300: • • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1651
version Set the VRRP protocol version for the IPv4 group. Syntax version {2 | 3 | both} To return to the default setting, use the no version command. Parameters 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. 3 Enter the keyword 3 to specify VRRP version 3 as defined by RFC 5798, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. both Enter the keyword both for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3.
PAGE 1652
• • • debug vrrp ipv6 show vrrp ipv6 vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • • • • • • • • advertise-interval description disable hold-time preempt priority show config virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group; range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1653
• For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] - slot/port/ [subport]. For example, if you want to clear the port configurations corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as clear counters interfaces interfacetype 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. debug vrrp ipv6 Enable VRRP debugging.
PAGE 1654
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in nondefault VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you do not specify an option, debugging is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the active IPv6 VRRP groups. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell EMC Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group.
PAGE 1655
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp ipv6 command. Line starting with Description GigabitEthernet... Displays the interface, VRRP group ID, and network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network IP address. VRF VRF instance to which the VRRP group interface belongs.
PAGE 1656
vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group. Syntax vrrp-ipv6-group vrid Parameters vrid Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. The VRID range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1657
64 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell EMC Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
PAGE 1658
crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device. Syntax crypto ca-cert install path Parameters path Enter the path where the CA certificate is available for download. The format that you use to specify the location of the CA certificate also includes the protocol that is used to contact the CA.
PAGE 1659
The certificate matching the current FIPS state is deleted. If the system is in FIPS mode, the FIPS certificate is deleted. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the non-FIPS certificate is deleted. Before deleting the system’s trusted certificate, the system prompts you to specify whether to proceed with deletion. If you proceed, the system deletes the certificate and also the private key.
PAGE 1660
validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity followed by the number of days for which the certificate is valid. NOTE: For CSRs, validity has no effect. For self-signed certificates, if validity is not specified, it defaults to 3650 days, or 10 years. length length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword length followed by a bit length value. The default key length for both FIPS and non-FIPS mode is 2048. Minimum key length value for FIPS mode is 2048. The range is from 2048 to 4096.
PAGE 1661
where the certificate file is stored. Following are example of a path that you can specify: flash://certs/s4810-001-request.crtand usbflash:/certs/ s4810-001-cert.pem NOTE: Before installing a trusted certificate, you first need to download it from a remote CA using the copy command. . key-file Enter the keyword key-file to specify the private key. private Enter the keyword private to specify that the key is stored in a hidden location in the NVRAM.
PAGE 1662
Related Commands • crypto ca-cert install crypto x509 ocsp Configures the OCSP behavior. Syntax crypto x509 ocsp [nonce] [sign-requests] Parameters nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication. This is a one-time value that must be returned in the OCSP response. If the OCSP responder is using precomputed responses, then it does not reply with the nonce. The nonce feature is off by default.
PAGE 1663
Related Commands Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. • crypto x509 ocsp debug crypto This command allows you to test a certificate chain file for validity and checking revocation outside of its use in TLS communication. Syntax Parameters debug crypto {flash://path} path Enter the path to a local file where a certificate chain is stored in PEM format. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1664
the received certificate’s sha-1 fingerprint against this configured sha-1 fingerprint. If present, only the fingerprint is used for certificate revocation validation. port port-number Enter the keyword port followed by the port number. The default port number is 6514 for secure logging. Defaults None. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1665
When you use this command, the device maps the current certificate context in the certificate store to a CA certificate through the subject key identifier field. The subject key identifier field contains the SHA-1 hash of the CA’s public key. This configuration provides a way to uniquely identify a CA and associate it with any CA-specific settings. This context is used to store certificate-specific settings such as alternate CRL and OCSP locations. Incoming X.
PAGE 1666
Defaults None. Command Modes CERTIFICATE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command: Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
PAGE 1667
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command: Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. Usage Information The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: Related Commands • • sysadmin secadmin • crypto cert install X.